Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutWTR2700262(1) - '62 MT. OLIVET PUMP STATION WTR-10 1+ #2 Specificaitons WT-pa,w io P u m/0 5tmy-iolvs BEGINNING OF FILE FILE TITLE moo- C�—a C2 S� eeiQ ;ca�ettlS d- FN� i�ueeR"s WAY ER FILE COPY C.hi. 00 3.4 L CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF MT. OLIVET BOOSTER PUMP STATION CITY OF RENTON WASHINGTON OCTCBER 1966 CORNELL, HOWLAND, HAYS'', & MERRYFIELD Engineers and Planners SEATTLE CORVAWS BOISE PORTLAND CITY OF RENTON a WASHINGTON i CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for the eonstrcetion of NT. OLIVET BOOSTER PUMP STATION kfff Consisting of: Form of Bid Bond Advertisement for Bids Form of Proposal Form of Contract Performance Bond Information for Bidders Special Provisions General Conditions Special Specifications Standard Specifications Plans ff ff Cornell, Hovland, haves 6 Yerryfield Engineers and Planners Seattle, Washington October 1966 Record No. 5 4176.1 Copy No. '�� . e to the CONTRACT OOCLItENTS for the construction of MT. OLIVET 600STER PL?i6' STATION CITY OF REN'TON, WASHnNCTON To All Planholders: 16 November '966 Gentleman: Record No. S-:176.1 The following changes, additions, u,d/or deletions are hereby r,ado a part of the Contract Documents for die construction of tt•e %t. Olivet hooster ?wrp Station, Renton, Washington, datec October, 1906, as ful/y and completely so if the same were fully sat forth therein: 1. SPECIAL SPLCIFICATIOSS a. Peg. 9-3, S<c: ?:a ..,ange Lo zead as follows: A. Hors...:..:, Mocnr load shag: -.at exceed rated hp at wY head. fServiee :actor z�'a'l not be used is this _ tie nF.% ti• aperature Rise Max. at full load: 00 degrees C. aboveInsulation 60 degrees C. above ambient - .lass Insulation S. Flantep Flanges of meter, pipes, fitsinps, c..,. . ... valves, anu .,tier specialties stall meet Cite pressure : eta called fn in ti:e Special Speeificacions. 'z Class 250, (Normal cyater.�, .. - ild to ASA 3.16.6, :s approximately 175 psi and test pressure will be Lh. . - rc.0 0 c) Drawing No. ;41.76-1, ti:wd: - o_f Section i. :he ew.crece roof bears 6a4:1 60 .5 inc.,eS ;:Guard witil c,.� :;o.... ..dF, c::ar:fered• The reinforcing stirrups mall be No. 3 bars Sp,.ca. 66dvl. Ail binders shall ocknowledpe race It anu acceptance of t -or.:,n 'o. I a.,. signi .g in the apace provided and submitting the signeu Al dd::...... wit,, io, bid. ..:u.• subni u.a Without taia Aadaodam Will be eonsiuered iuforr,al, Very truly yours, COWlUL, HOIiLAN-, bAYLS 6 %:ERRYFILLD Antony Vd. aarnes acknowledged and conditions to tuis nay of asks -1- ' PO.F.R OF aT TDRHFY ' "PAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERiN�", Sr.•11f 141.1"Trn Hn. 1541-A Know•LL w(a nt.Nest rRf SFw- Tom Ge-•.u�Inw,vn.•C......n/•w«,.. R. B. BANQERS - - - - - - - - TRBD C,_ SCII'VART�, Tacoma, Umahtngton FIV3 KMM�ItD1i(U.5 ] 4tiU !;Ol lUO 05G0,006.00} Ut]I L4R5 enc(T ` _ .. , V....v . .� .1 VF. .:.... u,�rY.e vs WrvtcEOF - It. F,. I AHf,.ER'l' i MArch fiy (algned) R. B. Bangert. 55 F4E2T . ..r., W TC'.TIf10yi VY,EREOF. ` (ai R(,ed) Ida Dahl s.;l.:d .d b, .. .. . d.. N... •.. _aC. ff _ {d .,ax.,«. L.LA:rf 1l n t V: k 1, . Ir.v . d¢,.n .re.....N. r. AaalrMr I 1 lllefa R•'k, .1 . 1 1 .1.1, r.J-a nd0 x,l, p:N .Ln wl abo!S . M1..iXe,11C pvyu+ _ .da;l nlr:. ..iw �::,Ia. . a .�:..- v.n ,•.. .n ,.. f Y+... 6..,.a.ervr•I ar,A• .::n n.•. . .nr..ofI.,t..wn.. J . Ay.ry .: .-It i! rxi ..t. -m..\ .. . 11J.Iry....x.Yf°•u.bu .. i.`�. woux .f Nle.M.a.p,iv u�. 1. .. R. S. WrART _ .\ .. lsq el .i 1L '.I L. n..l Ci•.,1 IN TRfC1eaNT .M!5 pR4r, 1 e.,. r,r .• Y ..: v :,, ., IL ..I--n�J . .1 .'Lu'. �Ir . 4n 1 IIL.n=.d lnr.un-,e f,.x+ n nr nlgoon,,.,a.. 3 +».r•' March sliaa (elRnod) &. 6y IlulEetk •:"411'bl {Anlntir;pr' ,V{,•.h-sPv1blM 1.., ,. M• N. (KdNUN4R Y..=a...1 In h.�...t In.vh . t nxm4 .. I.r a f, .1., -.x r.v r ..1 ..Ilir. 4 in r .1.A.nb�S.•nit hlJ 4a, },4: . . I I r •, n.:.*X+ I .•.... - R+ In-. ucxa. •.i Y ..I:..I�r-IY 14-. iH 4Yr Il q . 1 Iul FIt 1111- ff • ,I V'.e[m 4. Y �: q'Y . i'a 4 kl l Y rlYy " 4. .4 ifi"Y)t.b}If aN 11,:1 Iv .. .0...V •1. 1 ♦1(.. r.•1 ..A.rm.+wY.. i.a.,-ql 11`e•r.l4.1}I• ' ..111�.I�.,,L .a1��• pp RIP BOND f KNOW ALL MEN BY THFSF: PRESENTS. that _:_i_i•1 i Uri..- t he•rr;nn!rrr (allpd the Prtnolpal. and r, i . ..,t . t lit t, a rorporaran duly orvaninrd under the l.iws of it!,• 'att,, of �,. ' S:cvmg ;rs principal Place Of bltgine$$ .It ti .1 r%'E;(', 1` Rt �`t'i'. •!7t^ in the State of :I::d :onhoriarei to do bus;ross in the State of Washington, i, Sur t•• . , `r ld and `;roil• bound unto the rain--fter tolled the Ohl,gep in file ponal snm of 7 Dollars ($ for the p yrn4nt n ,h 'b {1 r <t tom; 1 to ts. t+t n' I,, Wid n;u I Our heir'I. 1, , ...... , ulver.,.ty. The COndltt0*1 Ot thtn Blind is tiuch ihpt, wber,•na. the Pti ,,,..gyp.,! h.•re•in is herewith sohrmiting his grata Did Propostil sand pia Praposdi bl' refelet,ce thereto hging hmrrltN made d par; Nerc<,1 N,OW, .THF,REF' V4El it the. &ald Did 'Proposal swhrnittod by the nand Prentip-11 he ttrr4^pted- :tnd'the (,rmtract tru awarded to s4id Primipal.: and If the said Pratt^teal atvali exe,:utt thx• proposed Cnotra.ct and shall farrieh thg ,Petrforatalott Nonni a, rego,red, 4y the piridi'ng wind h'.),11rarI 11.or*inunitIt within thu time (wxpd by s,r iaT ;7u<'Ulrxg•ut v, then thin ntlhmahou Mmli I Old oth"W1#4 1O'r1rena•ti tit fU,lf 1„r ,• a'td a'tfrrt, f314nod ;) -A ..(�.�; .ht' _._,..._..._. n t r_...�..... 1 t„....,.,, Countersigned. J♦ `F� � �.•� ft ,.l_/ir. .i.(.'Lttie'_l� The Atto>'nry UH F.+U l e ,1(4-at rl i III wlq+ ; sa:ulc h 1/-.slid ui tie_. half of the ShrelV C'w`fp_ii i nw i ,itt,u I ., "'pi n "M,;p (r•„W; r (,I- rtm l'iu"yaY t pr;{}y rU C OI hem ,III.(,nt4• TABLL OF CONTENTS Page t BID BONG Bond 1 ADVERTISEMLVT FOR BIDS Adv. I PROPOSAL Proposal 1 CONTRACT FOR CONSTRCCUON Contract 1 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond 1 INFOR:(ATION FOR BIDDERS Info. General Description of the Project I Contract Documents I Plans 1 Type of Proposal 1 Preparation of Proposals 2 Washington State Sales fax 2 Submission of Proposals 2 Telegraphic Modification or Withdrawal of Proposal 2 Bid Security 2 Conditions of Work 3 Payments 3 Awards of Contract 3 Basis of Award 3 Execution of Contract 3 Performance Bond 4 Failure to Execute Contract and Funilsh Bond 4 Time of Completion 4 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Sr. Prov. Revisions to the General Conditions 1 Locttion and Plans I 'feimination Because of National Emergency 1 T'e•aporary Water I Relocations of Existing Facilities 2 Electric Power 2 Operation of Valves in Water System Prohibited 2 Responsibility fcr Damage to Existing Structures 2 Resident Engineer's Office 2 e Schedule of Occupational Classification and Minimum Hourly Wage Rates 2 PREVAILING WAGE SCALE Wage Scale 1 AFFIDAVIT OF WAGES PAID 1 ARTMISOM FOR BIDS Sealed proposals for the construction of Mt. Olivet Booster Pump Station, addressed to the City Engineer, City of Renton, Washington, will be received at the office of the City Clerk, Renton, Washington, until 5:00 p.m., Pacific Standard Tim, on the 21st day of November, 1966, or presented to the City Council by 8:00 p.m., Pacific Standard Time on the same day, and than will be publicly opened and read, in the City Council Chambers at Renton, bashington The work contemplated consists of constructing a reinforced concrete Pump vault and furnishing and installing two (2) fresh water pumping units, and an electrical motor control center. Plane and Specifications may be examined in the office of the City Engineer, Renton, Washington, or at the office of Cornell, Hovland, Hayes 6 Merryfield, Engineers and Planners, 500 Union Street, Seattle, Washington. A copy of said Documents may be obtained at the Engineer's office at 500 Union Street, Seattle, Washington 98101, upon a deposit of Twenty-Five Dollars ($25.00) for each Document. The full amount of the deposit. will be refunded if said Documents are returned in good condition within fifteen (15) days after the award of the Contract. Each proposal must be submitted on the prescribed form and accompanied by a certified check or bid bend payable to the City of Renton, Renton, Washington, in an amount not leas than five percent (5I) of the amount bid. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a bond for faithful oerfotmnce of the Contract in the full amount of the Contract price. The right is reserved to reject any or all proposals, to postpone the award of the Contract for a period not to exceed thirty (30) days, and to accept that proposal which is to the beat interests of the City of Renton. Dated this 26th day of October 1966. CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON By Mrs. Relate Nelson City Clerk ease Adv. A- PROPOSAL To: Honorable Mayor 6 City Council City of Renton City Hall Renton, Washington The undersigned, hereinafter called the Bidder, declares that the only persons or parties interested in this Proposal are those named herein; that this Proposal is in all respects fair and without fraud; the- it is made without collusion with any official or employee of the Owner; and that the Proposal 1s made without any connection or collusion with any person making another proposal on this Contract. The Bidder further declares that he has carefully examined the Contract Documents for the construction of the proposed work; that he has personally inspected the site; that he has satisfied himself as to the quantities of materials, items of equipment, and conditions of work involved, including the fact that the description of the work and materials, as included herein, is brief and is intended only to indicate the general nature of such items and to identify the said quantities with the detailed requirements of the Contract Documents; and that this Proposal is made according to the provisions and under the terms of the Contract Documents, which Documents are hereto attached and are hereby made a part of this Proposal. The Bidder agrees that if this Proposal is accepted, he will, within maven (7) calendar days after notification of acceptance, execute the Contract with the Owner in the form of Contract annexed hereto, and will, at the time of execution of the Contract, deliver to the owner the Performance Bond required herein; and will, to the extent of hid Proposal, furnish all machinery , too.s, and apparatus, and other means of construc- tion and do all the work and furnish all the materials necessary to complete the work in the manner, in the time, and according to the methods as specified in the Contract Documents and required by the Engineer thereunder. The Bidder further agrees to accept as full payment for the work proposed as shown on the Plans, based on the undersigned's own estimate of quantities and costs, not including the cost of furnishing and installlnp the equipment Usted under Section 4 of the Special Specifications, the following lump sum: fb liars and cents s_j„._ -) WASHINGTON STATE SALES TAX (4.2T) S TOTAL LU:'^ SUM PRICE S Proposal -1- Item 9, 1 Pump with Induction Motor One �� Name of Manufacturer o e Vertical Turbine Puap Type or Ydl and One NaN o[ Man ufeccuzer 7vpe or M odel a "-'---Induction Yntor • for ..,,: Wilors I and � • Cent& S _.) 1 �2 •'L WASMINGTON STATE SALES TAX (4.2+) .S— i TOTAL PRICE or S i One Nre of - and Manufacturer Vertical Turbine Pump TYPe or•Model One base of Man ufac:uter Type or fiodel Induction Motor for ---«Dollars and_ �' Cents S QV[ y p• 4AS111NGTON STATE SALES TAX (4,2X) TOTAL PRICE S_- )L• 21 S• One home of / and Men ufacturer Vertical Turbine Pump TY Pe or Yodel One Name of Meouf- securer— r Yodel Induc[!on *to, Type c for __•—_Dn]lars and --_Cents $ q WASNINGTON STATE SALES TAX (4,2%) $ 1 --1— TOTAL PRICE S o - Proposal -3- To facilitate monthly progress payments, the following subdivision of the total lump sum bid is given, and it is agreed that these are the actual prices upon which said lump sum is based and that, if so requested by the Engineer, the Contractor will substantiate any price or prices with further inforwation. BIDDER BREAKDOWN OF LUMP SUM BID (The Bidder must submit with his Proposal the figures called for below). Item No, Item Amount 0 Moving In and Temporary Facilities S 00. Bond and Insurance $ 1. Clearing and 'reparation of Site $ Excavation and Backf111 S 1. Bar Reinforcing Steel S 4. Concrete S 5. Pipe and Fittings S b Valves and Miscellaneous Specialties S 7. Flow Meter and Recorder $l B. Fabricated Metalwork $ 1". Ventilating System S if. Electrical 12 Painting and Exterior Concrete Treatment $ 13. Cleanup and Finish GradinR S TOTAL S WASHINGTON STATE SALES TAX (5.2„) S TOTAL LUMP SUM S The Bidder further proposes to furnish and install in accordance with ' the Special Specifications, humid herewith, the vertieal turbine pumps and electric motors in Item 9 listed below as selected by the Owner. The equipment 1s to be furnished and installed in operating condition by the Bidder for the total price as shown under each respective item in the Propos-' and is to be described by information furnished to the Engineer by the ' )uipment manufacturer prior to bid opening. Proposal -2- Item 9b No. 2 Pump with Induction Motor One (, t ,,I „ r, n i r" Vertical Turbine Pump Name of Manufacturer Type or Model and one (� � .�:, i i�i R �i C` 4 i,M :, Induction Motor Name of Manufacturer Type or Model for .-, Dollars and i SCL�4) n i CenU WASHINGTON STATE SALUS TAX (4.2%) TOTAL PRICE $ 9i One �(. •� i,��o-..„ i�'i ice.(:. Ire. a Vertical Turbine Pump Name of Manufacturer Type or Model =a One : k I t k J«i- Induction Motor Name of Manufacturer Type or Model for _<. , Dollars and C _Cents WASHINGTON STATE SALES TAX (4.2X) $ TOT'AI PRICE S _ or One f _ r � Vertical Turbine Pump Name of Manufacturer Type or Model and One,_,_�, —j t, ...r _ Induction Motor Name of Manufacturer Type or Model fr for —A Dollars and Cents $_�_t. � WASHINGTON STATE SALES TAX (4.2X) $ TOTAL PRICE The Bidder agrees: (1) to begin work within ten (10) calendar days after the date of execution of the Contract; and (2) to complete the Contract within one-hundred eighty (180) calendar days after the date of the execution of the Contract by the Owner. Proposal -4- In the event the Bidder is warded the Contract and shall fail to com- plate the work within the time limit or extended time licit agreed upon, as mote particularly not forth in the Contract Documents, liquidated damages shall be paid to the Owner at the rate of FIFTY DOLLARS ($50.00) per day until the work shall have been finished, as provided by the Contract Documents. Sundays and legal holidays shall be excluded in deter- mining days in default. It is agreed that if the Bidder is awarded the Contract for the work herein proposed and shall fail or refuse to execute the Contract and furnish the specified Performance Bond within seven (7) days after receipt of notification of acceptance of his Proposal, then in that event, the bid security deposited herewith according to the conditions of the Adver- tisement for Bids and Information for Bidders shall be retained by the Owner as liquidated damages; and it is agreed that the said sum is a fair measure of the amount of the damage the Owner will sustain in case the Bidder shall fail or refuse to enter into the Contract for the same work and to furnish the Performance Bond as specified in the Contract Documents. Bid security in the form of a certified check shall be subject to the acme requirements as a bid bond. If the Bidder is awarded a construction Contract on this Proposal, the Surety who will ptovide the Perfoniacce Bond will be t: d„ `J —------- - whose address is Street City State The name of the Bidder who is submitting this Proposal is \ . doing business at —street t.ity 'State which is the address to which all comrunications concerned with this Proposal and with the Contract shall be sent. 'rhe names of the principal officers of the corporation submitting this Proposal or of the partnership, or of all persons interested is this Proposal. as principals are as follows: Proposal -5- M____ M (If Sole Proprietor or Partnership) In witness hereto the undersigned has act his (its) hand this day of 19— Signature'nj Bidder ' Title (If Corporation) In witness whereof the undersigned corporation has caused this instru- ment to be executed and its seal affixed by its duly authotited officers this day of Name of Corporation by_ i Title Attest Secretary Proposal -6- CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION THIS CONTRACT, made and entered into this day o: 19_, by and between the City of Renton, Washington, a municipal corporation, hereinafter called the 'Owner" and of hereinafter called the "Contractor." WITNF'SSETH: Said Contractor, in consideration of the sum to be paid him by the said Owner and of the covenants and agreements herein contained, hereby agrees at his own proper cost and expense to do all the work and furnish all the materials, tools, labor, and all appliances, machinery and appurtenances for the City of Renton, Washington, Mt. Olivet Booster P-mp .Station, to the extent of the Proposal made by the Contractor on the day of 19_ all in full compliance with the Contract Documents referred to herein. The "Advertisement for Bids," the signed copy of the "Proposal" made by the Contractor on the _day of 19 , the fully executed "Performance Bond, Q In w " formation for Bidders," the "Special Provision," the "General Conditions," the "Specifications," and the "Plans," which consist of six (6) sheets entitled "City of Renton, Washington, Mt. Olivet Booster Pump Station," Drawing No. C 4176-1, dated October, 1966, are hereby referred to and by reference made a part of this Contract (as fully and completely as if the same were fully set forth herein) and are mutually cooperative therewith. In consideration of the faithful performance of the work herein embraced, as set forth in these Cont-act Documents, and in accordance with the direction of the Engineer and to his satisfaction to the extent provided In the Contract Documents, the Owner agrees to pay to the Contractor the amount bid as adjusted in accordance with the Proposal as determined by the Contract Documents, or re othendse herein provided, and based on the said Proposal made by the Contractor, and to make such payments in the manner and at the times provided in the Contract Documents. The Con rector agrees to complete the work within the time specified herein and to accept as full payment hereunder the amounts computed as determined by the Contract Documents and based on the said Proposal. The Contractor agrees to indemn'fy and save harmless the Owner from any and all defects appearing or de-eloping in the workmanship or materials performed or famished wider this Contract for a period of one (1) year after the date of the com, 'ete performance of the said Contract and the final settlement thereof, It is agreed that the time limit for the completion of the Contract, based upon the Proposal, shall be the day of 19_. In the event that the Contractor shall fail to complete the work within the time limit or the extended time limit agreed upon, as more particularly set forth in the Contract Documen s, liquidated damages shall be computes at the rate of Fifty Dollars ($50.00) wer day. Sunday& and legal holidays shall be excluded in determining days i, default. Contract -1- IR WITNESS WHEREOF, we, the parties hereto, each herewith subscribe the care this day of A.L., 19 City of Rentcw, Washington By Mayor Contractor By Title Approved as to form: —_ City Attorney Contract -2- PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS. that we • as principal. and a corporation, duly authorized to do a general surety business :n l9.shzng. ton. as Surety. are jointly and severally held and bound unto the in the sum of Dollars l5 1. for the payment of which we jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs. executors, administrators. successors. and assigns. firmly by these presents THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND IS SUCH THAT WHEREAS, Contractor as Principal herein. on the dac of entered into the Contract with —' the Obligee herein. which Contract � insists of Advertisement for Bids. In for Bidders. Proposal, General Conditions. Contract for Cirl,truc tion, Specifications, and Plan, all as hereto attached and made a part hereof whereby said Principal undertakes to do all labor. furnish all plant and equip tnent. and furnish all material in accordance with all the terms and condition: set forth in said Contract Documents and to promptly make payment for all labor. servicea, material, and sums due the State industrial Accident Fund or equivalent. the Collector of Internal Revenue. and the Treasurer of the State of Washington. and to save harmless the Obligee from any claim there for and to save harmless the Obligee from any Clain for damages or .nlury to property or persons arising by reason of said work. as set out more fully in said Contract Documents and to do and perform all things in satd Contract Documents reiuired, in the time and manner and under the terms and cond tions therein set forth and in conformity with all taws. State and national. applicable thereto NOW. THEREFORE, if said Principal herein shall promptly pay ail persons furnishing labor, services and material. and industrial Insurance Bond -1 - W. Premium and Medical Aid Premiums or equivalent, and Social Security and Unemployment Compensation, to him and to his subcontractors, or to their assigns, on or about said work. and shall, commencing with the date hereof and continuing for one year after the date of written notice of final acceptance of the work, save harmless the Obligee, its officers and agents, from all claims therefor, or from any claim for damages or in jury to property or pet sons arising by reason of said work; and shall, in the time and manner, and under the terms and conditions prescribed, well and faithfully do. perform, and furnish all matters and things as by - them in said Contract undertaken, and as by law, State and national, prescribed then this obligation shall be void, but otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect PROVIDED. HOWEVER, that this Bond is subject to the following further conditions (a) Ail materialmen, and all persons who shall supply such laborers, mechanics, or subcontractors with material, scpphes. or provisions for carrying on such work. shall have a direct right of action against the Principal and Surety on this Bond, second only to the right of the Obligee under this Bond, which right of action shall be asserted in proceedings instituted in the appropriate court of the State of Washington, and insofar as permitted by the law of Washington, such right or action shall be asserted in a proceeding instituted in the name of the Obligee to the use and benefit of the person, firm, or corporation instituting such action and of all other persons, firms, or corporations having claims hereunder, and anv other person, form, or corporation having a claim hereunder shall have the right to be made a party to such proceeding tbut not later than one year after the date of written notice of final acceptance of the work) and to have such claim adjudicated in such action and judgment rendered thereon. (b) In no event shall the Surety be liable for a greater sum than the penalty of this Bond, or iubject to any suit, action, or proceeding thereon that is instituted later than one year after the date of written notice of final acceptance of tfe work. (ci The said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications ac,.ompanving the same shall in any way affect its obli- gations on this Bond. and it does hereby waive notice of any :such change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the Contract or to the work oa to the Specifications. Bond -1- W IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Bond tc be executed in this day of 19_ (SEAL) (SEAL) (SEAL) (SEAL) Principal Witnesses: (SEAL) (SEAL) (SEAL) Surety Countersigned: By Resident Agent The Attorney-in-Fact (Resident Agent), who executes this Bond in behalf of the Surety Company, m• st attach a copy of his power-of-attorney as evidence of his authority. 4RRR Bond -3- W. INPORNATION FOR BIDDERS 1. General Description of the Project. A general description of the work to be done is contained in the Advertisement for Bids. The scope is indicated on the accompanying Plans and specified in applicable parts of these Contract Documents. 2. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents under which it is pro- posed to execute this work consist of the material bound herewith. These Contract Documents are intended to be mutually cooperative and to provide all details reasonably required for the execution of the proposed work. Any person contemplating the submission of a proposal and being in doubt as to the meaning or intent of said Contract Documents should request of the Engi- neer, in writing, an interpretation thereof. Any interpretation or change in said Conti , t Documents will be made only in writing, and a copy of such interpretation or change will be sailed or delivered to each person receiving a act of the Documents. The Owner will not be responsible for any other explanation or interpretations of said Documents. 3. Plans. Where the Plans are photographic reductions of the original tracings, the amount of reduction is indicate" by a note on the Plans. Pull- scale prints of reduced Plans may be obtained for the amount stated in the Special Provisions. 6. Type of Proposal. A. Unit Price. Where the Proposal for the work is to be submitted on a unit price basis, unit price proposals will be accepted on all items of work set forth in the Proposal, except those designated to be paid for as a Imp sum. The estimate of quantities of work to be done is tabulated in the Proposal and, although stated with as much accuracy as possible, ii approximate nnly and is assumed solely for the basis of calculation upon which the award of Contract shall be made. Payment to the Contractor will be made on the measurement of the work actually performed by the Contractor as specified in the Contract Documents. The Owner reserves the right to increase or diminish the amount of any class of work as may be deemed necessary, unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. b. L=p Sum. Where the Proposal for the work is to be submitted on a lump am basis, a single lump sum price shall be submitted in the appropriate place. The total amount to be paid the Contractor shall be the mount of the lump sum Proposal as adjusted for additions or deletions resulting from changes in construction. The Bidder shall furnish, in the space provided in the Proposal, a breakdown of his lump sum bid. S. Imp Sum with Equipment Selected IX Owner. Where the Proposal for the work is to be submitted an a lump sum basis with equipment to be selected by the Owner, a lump sum price shall be submitted in the appropriate place and separate price proposals shall be submitted for listed items of equipment as produced by different manufacturers and shall include the cost of installation. The lump sum Proposal shall not include a ese listed items or cost of their installar_an. The total amount to be paid the Contractor info. -1- W Shall Include the price bid for the listed items of equipment to be furnishea as selected by the Owner, plus the mount of the imp sum Proposal, as adjusted for additions and deletions resulting from changes to construction. Bidder shall provide a breakdown of the lump sum as specified hereinbefore in b. I. Preparation of Proposals. All blank spaces in the Proposal form must be filled in, So ink, In both words and figures where required. No changes shall be made to the phraseology of the forms. Written amounts shall og vero in cases of discrepancy between the mounts stated 1n writing a_d the amounts stated In figures. Any proposal shall be deemed informal which contains omissions, erasures, alterations, or additions of any kind, or prices uncalled for, or in which any of the prices are obviously unbalanced, or which In any manner shall fell to conform to the Conditions of the published Advertisement for Bids. The Bidder shall sign his Proposal in the blank space provided therefor. Proposals made by corporations or partnerships shall contain names and addresses of the principal officers or partners. If the Proposal Is made by a corporation, It must be acknowledged by one of the principal officers thereof; if made by a partnership, by one of the partners. A. Washington State Sales Tax. Washirgton State Sales Tax shall be paid by the Contractor as required by the laws and s'atutes of the State of Washington, and shall be separately shown in the Contractor's Proposal in the space provided. 7. Submission of Proposals. All Proposals must be submitted at the time and place and 17 the manner prescribed In the Advertlsment for Bids. Proposals mus, be made on the prescribed Proposal forms, bound herewith, and submitted Intact with the Contract Documents. Each proposal must be submitted in a sealed envelope, so marked as to Indicate its contents without being opened, and addressed in conformance with the instructions in the Advertise- ment for Bids. S. Telegraphic Hodiftcatlon of Withdrawal of Proposal. Any bidder may modify his bid by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids, provided such telegraphic c m- monlcatfon Is received by the Owner prior to the elosln; time. The telegraphic communication should not reveal the bid price but should state the addition or subtraction or other modification so that the final prices or terms will not be known by the Owner until the sealed bid is opened. Any proposal may be withdrawn prior to the scheduled time for the opening of Proposals either by telegraphic or written request, or in person. No proposal may be vithdrawa after the time scheduled for opening of proposals, unleas the time specified In Paragraph 12 of this Information for Bidders shall have elapsed. I. e_d Security. Proposals must be accompanied by a certified check drawn on a bank 1n good standing, or a Bid Bond Issued by a surety company authorized to issue such bonds in the State of Washington, in an mount not less than five percent (U) of the total mount of the Proposal submitted. Info. -2- W M - - This check or Bid Bond shall be given as a guarantee that if awarded the Contract, the successful Bidder will execute the attached Contract and furnish a properly executed Performance Bond in the full mount of the Contract price within the time specified. The Owner reserves the right to retain the bid security of the three lowest bidders until the successful Bidder has signed and delivered the Contrvrt and furnished a one hundred percent (100%) Performance Bond. Upon failure of the successful Bidder to sign and deliver said Contract and Performance Bond within the specified tint, the next lowest bid may be accepted at the Owner's discretion, whereupon the above instructions and requirements v.11 apply to the eafd second bidder. Bid security of all bidders, except the three lowest, will be returotd promptly after she canvass of bids; hid security of the three lowest bidders will be returned within three (3) days after the Contract has been executed or other dieoosltion mrde thereof In accordance with the provisions stand herein. 10. Conditions of Work. Each bidder must inform himself of the con- ditions relating tc the execution of the work, and it is assumed that he will inspect the site and make himself thoroughly familiar with all the Contract Documents. Failure to do so will not relieve the successful Bidder of his obligation to enter into a Contract and complete the contemplated work .r strict accordance with the Contract Documents Each bidder must inform himself on all laws and statutes, both Federal and State, relative to the regular execution of the work, the employment of labor, protection of public health, the protection of private property, fire protection regulations, access to the work, sales tax, and similar requirements. Particvlar reference is made to Chapters 39.04, 39.08, 39.12. 35.20, 19.24, 82.08, and 82.3U, Revised Code of Washington, the provisions of which, %where applicable, are hereby incornorated as if fully act out herein. 11. Pawaents. Mtmthl.y payments for the wort: performed will be made by the Owner ems specified in the General Conditions, unless otherwise mcdific, in the Special Provisions. 12. Award of Contract. Within thirty (30) calendar days after the opening of proposals, the Owner will accept one of the proposals or will act in accordance with Paragraph 13 of this Information for Bidders. The acceptance of the Proposal will be by notice, in writing, mailen or delivered to the office designated in the Proposal. 13. Basis of Award. The award will be made by the Owner on the basis of that Proposal which in its sole and absolute judgment will hest serve the interest of the Owner; where pro3ecta are paid for in part by Federal Aid, the award will be made on the basis of that Proposal submitted by the resronsible Bidder submitting the lowest acceptable Proposal. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals, and to waive any informalities and irregularities in said proposals. 14. Execution of Contract. The successful Bidder shall, within seven (7) days after receiving notice of award, execute the Contract hereto attalhtl. Info. -3- W at th15, Performance Bond. The successful Bidder shall file with the Owner e time of execution of the Contract, a Performance Bond of the form bound herewith in the full mount of the Contract price, The surety company furnishing this bind shall have a sound financial standing and a record of service sstfefectery to t e Owner and shall be authorized to do business in the State of Washington. The Attorney-in-Fact (Resident Agent) who execute, this Performance Bond in behelf of the surety company must attach „ copy of his power-of- attorney as evidence of his authority. A notary shall acknowledge the power as of the date of the execution of the surety bond which it covers, 16. Fa_il_:re to Execute Contract and Furnish Bond. Should the successful Bidder fail or refuse to execute the Contract and furnish the Performance Bond, then the bid security deposited by said Bidder shall be retained as liquidated damages by the Owner; and St is agreed that this said am is a fair estimate of the amount of damages the Owner will sustain In case the Bidder fails to enter into a Contract and furnish bond as hereinbefore provided, Bid security deposited in the form of a certified check shall be subject to the same requirement as a Bid Bond. 17. Time Of Completion. The time of completion of the work to be performed under this Contract 1s the essence of the Contract, Delays and extensions of time may be allowed in accordance with the prov.sions of the General Conditions. The time allowed for the completion of the work is stated in the Proposal. sees Info. -4- W IS. Performance Bond. The successful Bidder shall file with the Owner at the time of execution of the Contract, a Performance Bond of the form bound herewith in the full amount of the Contract price. The surety company furnishing this bond shall have a sound financial standing and a record of service satisfactory to the Owner and shall be authorised to do business in the State of Washington. The Attorney-in-Feet lRasident Agent) who executes this Performance Bond in behalf of the surety company must attach a copy of his power-of- attorney as evidence of his authority. A notary shall acknowledge the power as of the date of the execution of the surety bond which it covers. I6. Failure to Execute Contract and Furnish Bond. Should the successful Bidder fail or refuse to execute the Contract and furnish the Performance Bond, then the bid security deposited by said Bidder shall be retained as liquidated damages by the Owner; and it is agreed that this said am is a fair estimate of the amount of damages the owner will sustain In case the Bidder fails to enter into a Contract and furnish bond as hereinbefore provided. Bid security deposited in the form of a certified che& shall be subject to the same requirement as a Bid Bond. i7. Time of Completion. The time of completion of the work to be performed under this Contract is the essence of the Contract. Delays and extensions of time may be allowed in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions. The time allowed for the completion of the work is stated in the Proposal. ease Info. -4- W SPEL IAL PROVISIONS REVISIONS TO THE GENERAL, CONDITIONS. The General Conditions of these Contract Documents are hereby revised as follows: A. _PT 5, Article C-7. Lines and Grades. Add the following Paragraph. The Engineer will establish the axis lines for the pump station and the location for pipelines by offset stakes or other method which, in the opinion of the Engineer, will provide the Contractor with the necessary information for his work. The Engineer will establish bench marks conven- ient for establishing the grades. It shall be the Contractor's responsi- bility to lay out his work from the lines established by the Engineer and to transfer elevations from the bench marks given. Where new construc- tion connects to existing facilities, it shall be the Contractor's responsi- bility to check, verify, and establish the exact location prior to construction of connecting or adjoining facilities. b. Page 7, Article r Section D-3, c. Insurance coverage for Special e.ondltions is hereby meted. C. Page 7, Article D-3. Section D-3-d. Fire Insurance is hereby deleted. LOCATION AN PLANS. i. Location. The location of .ae work is shown on Drawing No. C4176-1, Sheet 1 of .ae Plans. b. Plans. :he Plans for construction of the pump station and appurtenances consist of 6 sheets, each entitled "City of Renton, Washington, Mt. Olivet Booster Pump Station", and dated October, 1966. Bidder may obtain full site Plana at the Engineer's office upon a deposit if Ten Dollars ($10,00) per set, halt of which will be refunded if the Plans a, , returned 1n good condition within fifteen (15) days after the bid opening. TERMINATION BECAUSE OF NATIONAL EMERGENCY. In the event the work on this project is terminated by order of competent Governmental authority because of a national emergency, the Owner or the Contractor, each at his option, with or without the consent of the other, may, upon seven (7) days written uutice, stop work or terminate the Contract. The Contractor shall recover payment from the Owner for all work executed, but in no event shall the Contractor be allowed any sum or sums in addition to .hose specified above, except that a reasonable profit may be allowed upon the work actually executed. In no event shall the Contractor be allowed any damages or any anticipated profits whatsoever. TEMPORARY WATER. The Contractor shall make arrangements with the Owner for obtaintng temporary water during the construction period and shall pay all coats except cost of water. The Owner reserves the right to make a charge for water if the Contractor wastes water. Sp. Prov. -1- RELJCATION OF EXISTING FACILITIES. The existing electric power line and supervisory control line presently crossing the site will be relocated to the tank side of the proposed pump station by others prior to the Contract work. Existing drain and other piping will be relocated by others. ELECTRIC POWER. The Owner will provide electric power near the construction site. The Contractor shall provide all temporary facilities required to use the electric power and pay all costs, including cost of the power. Electric power for testing the equipment will be provided by the Owner at no coat to the Contractor. OPERATION OF V4LVES IN WATER SYSTEM PROHIBITED. The Contractor and his employees shall at no time close off any lines or open valves or take any other action which might affect the operation of the existing water system. RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE TO EXISTING STRUCTURES. Wt.ere any existing facilities are damaged during construction, either accidentally or through carelessness, the Contractor shall promptly repair or replace the damaged facility at no additional cost to the Owner. RESIDENT ENGINEER'S OFFICE. The Contractor shall provide a separate office for the Resident Engineer having at least 64 square feet of floor space and at least equal in quality to that provided for the construction superintendent. Facilities for healing, lighting, and housing of equipment, plans, and files shall be provided. SCHEDULE OF OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATIONS AND MINIMUM HOURLY WAGE RATES, The Contractor's attention is directed to Article D-20 of the General Conditions. The Contractor shall pay not less than the Prevailing Rate of Wages, in accordance with Washington RCW 39.12 including all amendments. The Schedule of Minimum Hourly Wage Rates as determined by the Washington Department of Labor and Industries, is appended at the end of these Special Provisions. The Owner does not guarantee that labor can be procured for the minimum wages set forth in the Schedule mentioned above. The rates of wages listed are minimum only, below which the Contractor cannot pay, and they do not constitute a representation that labor can be procured for the minimum listed. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to ascertain for himself the wages above the minimum set forth that he may have to pay. There is appended hereto . maple form !or Affidavit of Wages Paid on public contracts whC,h is required by the State of Washington. Copies of this form must be completed by the Contractor and each of his subcontrac- tors and filed with the proper governmental agency. Rake Sp. Prov. -2- DANIEL J, EVANS n L �a ll.if. Li.rrro. HAx.N[ E D.LY u..�m. STATE OF WASHINGTON S.Pmil DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS DIVISION %"I ISCONo.YCNvg eVMDMG SRATTLR. WASHINGTON plll �L. KV�/i �M K M Cmmy of FDc�IQIait6i-TBA .�9B 14SiCi�6MlY_. DRtw October 3y _ 1i r Boostes,.._Ren4an�. 'aashington— pyR 1 d-_./.;—___pyw I►wwee eon.mu.wr ue avunb i.. JOB CLASSIFICATION !�R UOtti ASBES'1'(15 .40WERS: o�yman i 5.40 Foreman - 25 cents per hour over Journeyman Health i Welfare - 13 cents Pension FIIIId - 20 cents BOIlBIBNI¢RS 8 BLA(XS(4T:U: relma{l $ 5.75 Assistant Foreman (iradman) 5.50 BoilermaKer-dlacksmitn 5.25 Boilermaker-61acksmitn Helper, 4.85 nealtn a Welfas - 20 cents Pension Fluid - 20 cents Vacation Fund - 25 cents Apprenticeship Rued - 1 cent BRI OQAY06: Tm-aney.mn $ 5.30 Health 6 Welfare - 15 cents Apprenticeship Fund - 2 cents Industry Fund - 1 cent CAARP�EN7TL)GG: `'Z% ter' $ 4.48 Carpenters a. areosotea naWrial 4.58 Sawfilers, Stationary Power 'aw Operators, Floorfinisnen, Floorlayers, Flcorsandurs, Snin;;lers, I. Operators of other Stationary Power doodaonting Tools 4.61 KillwriP.nts 6 NN ine Lrectora 4.63 Piledrivers, dridge, Door & -W..kwf Builders 4.56 Boom Van 4.63 Acoustical Workers 4.64 Acoustical Foreman S.04 Ilillari3tit Foreman 5.03 Carpenters Foreman 4.88 Piledriver Foreman 6.03 Piledriver Foreman (an power Rigs w" arivLIF and/or dui._-.5 piling 5.13 EDITH L. NJRHAN, IN4wv4l SlaeuneiaN- i ucnno s..an eouwr.e.—�— a.` =rtober 3, 1966 JOw CYYIIMJ.\.lwl .fw MVI. Employees on Boatswain Ruirs, swinging suspender/ scaffold, 6 noist tamr construction over 50 feet saali receive 25 cents per nour over Jouneyman Giplq/ees :corking in tunnels shall receive 10% over OUrheyman Riggers, including Signalmen. Burners f deluerc aria/1 oe paid ac- cording to Classifications in 4hicn W0rwirr9 riealth 6 delfare - 20 writs Pension Fund - 15 cents Industry Fund - 2 cents on Ocmrercial 6 Pmlic .iorxs buildings 1/2 cant on heavy J iiia;way Construction CARPI: I0LIM 6 SOFT TIIL LAYERS:p,rray� LAY $ 4.15 Health 6 delfare - 17 cents Pension Fund - 15 cants Apprenticeship Fund - 3 cents Industry Fund - 2 cents CFM2Pr FULOiS: $ Y.72 �orc Cagrosit.on, Color, Mastic Plastics 6 Liquid Vinyls 4.97 Trowel Machine Operator 4.92 Paving Float Machine 4.97 Grinder, Capping Gun 6 dusrr Hamer - whan finishing work is to follow 4.97 Gunrite Nozzleman 4.97 Foreman - 25 cants per icam over ni$nest Classificatim supervised wrcen supervising 1 to and including 6 men 37-1/2 cants over highest Classification supervised when supervising 6 or moss man Health 6 4elfare - 17 cents ELLCFRICIAVS: T;a;. 4ireman S 4.995 Journeyman Technician 4.995 General Forerun - 2J: over Journeynan Foreman - 10% over lourTery,uh CaDle-Splicer - 10% over Joutneynan Construction Stwx an - Sif of Journeyman :fealth f delfam - 14 cents Pensionn Fund - It of gross ��7•pn 1� 13.�n NT .Y�\I�IgU ELEVATOR CONSTR=kP : Elevator cwatriActor Foreman $ 5.60.5 Elevator Ccnstrrctor Medwdc 5.16 Elevator Oxwtrxtw Helper 3.61 Probationary Helper 2.58 Malth 6 delfare - 7-1/2 cent> Pension Fund - 12-: . _ : - Vacation fund - 2i, years 4'.. ow:r i years GLti1,1 LP,: g v.4B ' 7ouiruy mn liealtn 6 delfare - 12 cents Pension Fund - iJ cents IROVdOPrE.RS: g 5,15 57 rvcturul Ircnwomem Omw,wntal Irm omers 5.15 Hacninery Movers, Macmnery Erectors 5.15 Ripgers 6 Sitlnali n 5.15 :!eiders 6 duzners 5.15 Fence Emetors S.15 Sheeters 5.15 Reinforcing Iror.rorr m 4.40 Fomman - 25 cents per Hour ow:r Jo.ulx:yran +iul J r:er or less $0 cents per tour own Jourreywn with 4 men or more dork requiring a full face mask with mriote air filter snall re- ceive 25 cents per tour over Journeyman deaith 6 delfare - 20 cents Pension Fund - IS cents Apprenticeship Fund - 1 cent LAMIE16: g 4.78 Journeyman Foreman - $I.JJ pe: nay over Jourtwyrw.. +it:t 5 r.x�, or less $2.00 per day over Jauruyman aitn 6 wan or mom i iealt•t 6 +:elfare - I$ oa:nts Puuion Fund - 1u cents Wjl,;: :-itiQ:i 6 T.:R:viLZO 40FN P. : Exterior :luu a :.r:.an3 S 4.90 Interior Marble .`!rims 4.60 e.:ono rnn• cou..rr ere_ KIi16 �,. 'Ictober 3. 1966 +oe cuu.nunoe ZJ�1'd Terrazzo Mechanics S 4.45 health S '+)elfare - 15 cents Vacation FWd - 2J cents OIL JU.RZPSr ymaur Foreman (Weekly) $182.50 Journeyman Beating Lquianent Mechanic ('Weekly) $171.50 Intenrediate - All 1,111ified parsomel (Weekly) 5140.80 deginner - All ;ualified personnel Ueekly) $126.65 Health E Welfare - 14 cents Pension Fund - 1% of Bows ketirenent lend - $6.J0 per worx weex Vacation Fund - 1 day per :north on Journeyman pay oasis PAINTLRi 'Jouineyman Painter Journey.:arr striper 4.40 Journeyman Taper 4.47 Spray, Sanlolasting. Stearrclesning, Swing Stag.:, �r.dges, Towers, T4nks on Legs, Stee?les, Stacks, Toxic materials, Jitumastics E open Structural Steel 4.60 Foreman - 10S over vase rate Jealth E Welfare - 15 cents Pension Fund - 15 cents Apprenticewii? Fund - 1 cent PLA;T.:R:Pj: lourreymars $ 4.76 Foreman - $1.00 per ::ay over Jour:nwj n wren 5 rmn or less $2.00 per day Over Journeyman when 6 men or mmn dealta 6 Welfdre - 15 carets Pension Fund - 10 cents PU.T:id::4> E FI?EFI'FIT.F4 E sum 71M $ 4.83 - Fore.�nen - 40 cards :>cr nour over Journeyman General Forman - 65 cents per nour over Journeyman Pi;ir.Z 3u?erintenuaM - 90 cents per nour over io. mymm nealtn E Welfare - 21 cants Pension Fund - 21 cents n »Cabe ewaar eWvr.R� iCt�iG M.a 'IcinMr 3, 1966 ».cw.v.unew zU Um Vacation FIUW - 21 cents Apprenticeship Fund - 2 cents Industry Fund - 2 cents ROOFERS 6 WATERPROOFEPS: ourneyman ers Hater?roofers $ 4.S9 Kettleren 4.59 Tile 6 Slate Roofers 4.84 roremah - 25 cents per nowt over Classification supervised Helpers - 05% of Joumeyman Health 6 Welfare - 12 cents SHUT METAL dOR M: ores— $ 5.57 Journeyman 5.12 Welder 4.63 Material Plan 4.15 Health 6 Welfare - 17 cent., Pension Fund - 10 cents SO= 6 l%TI:RCJt1NJICATIa4 oumeyman Technician $ 4.09 Chief Technician - 10% ow:r Journey.n i Health 6 Welfare - 10 cents SPRINKII:R FITI•CRS: Journeyman $ $.26 Foreman - 37-1/2 cents per hour ovar Joarrwy,:ah Health 6 Welfare - 11 mra: Pension Fund - 10 cents Industry Fund - 2 cents TILZ SLTr-rF6: oumeyaw S 4.63 health 6 Welfare - 15 cuht., Apprenticeship Fund - . rs $ 3.80 Health 6 Welfare - 15 cant. Vacation Fund - 15 cents 1(OAO lvI[l GG 1ptt Cl fj�.y��� 'kMAetr 3, 1966 JOA GNMIIIG,tIM p�y� PLA;TIC wJRriERi: �«i Joumeyfr� 1 liealth E Welfare - 1C cents Kiny ��CMO ul�tf Cp1Y!\M 'ktn?Mr 3, 1966 .wa.Lsr�L�rus ` JOB CW�IIIG�fION 1g NOYN LABnPERS: To l/l/67 -Cement Dumper-Paving Concrete Saw Operator 4.00 Eumpman 3.90 Faller 6 Bucker: Hand 3.90 Chain Saw 4.10 Form Setter (Steel forms) 4.05 General Laborer: 'dipper, Truck Spotter, Pitman, brush Cutter, Choker Setter, Concrete 6 Monolithic Laborer, Asphalt Laborer, Ditch Digger, Pot Tender, Drierman, Concrete Form Stripper, Carpenter Helper, Track La- borer, Flagman 3.80 Groutman - Pressure 3.95 High Scaler 4.10 Mortarman E Hod Carrier 4.10 Nozileman (Sandblast, Gunite, Shot-Crete) 4.05 Pipe Layer G Caulkcr, Pipe 'Wrapper 4.10 Pipe Pot Tenderer 4.00 Powderman 4.15 Powderman's Helper 3.90 Power Wheel Barrow or Buggy 4.00 Power Tools - Heavy Duty Jackhammer, Pavement Breaker, Vibrators, Tampers (Multiple 6 Self-Propelled), Rail- road Spike Puller 4.00 Power Tools - Light buty Chippers, Grinders, Tampers 6 similar Electric b Air-operated Tools 3.95 Asphalt Raker 4.00 Roddcr 4.05 Sloper (over 20 feet) 3.90 Spreader (Carries Grade with Rodder) 4.05 Swinging Scaffold or Boatswain Chair over water or over 25 feet in height 3.95 Timberman - Sewer 4.10 Wagon Driller E Airtrac 4.10 Wagon Driller 6 Airtrac Helper 3.90 t liner (Including aonolithie work) 4.10 • Miner, Shaft G Raise 4.15 Spader 4.10 Powderman 4.25 Powderman's Helper 4.00 Re-Timberman 4.10 Chuck Tenderer 3.90 Mucker : Laborer 3.90 Nipper 3.90 Brakeman 3.90 Topman d Bull Gang 3.8S Maintenance Man 4.10 weoMe M.�n King eauwrr a r— 'ktnb^r 3, 1966 +s�<uwnw+ww eps w� Compressed Air 47erk; 1 pound through 14 pounds - 6 hours work Over 14 pounds through 18 pounds - fi hours work 8 38.80 Over 18 pounds through 22 nounds - 4 41.50 Ovr 18 (uunds through 22 pounds _ 6 hours work 41.50 Oveer 22 pounds through 26 hours work 61.75 Over 26 pounds through 32 pounds _ 4 hours work 45.70 Over 32 pounds through 38 pounds - 3 hours work 504 hours work .80 0 Over 38 pounds through 44 pounds - 2 hours work $2.1.10 Outside Lock 6 Gauge Tender (per shift) 32.80 Health 6 Welfare - 20 cents Pension Fund - 15 cents I `ine score wnT eouwre e ^�oher 4, 1355 wow OPERA K, EHC^^ERS: Tc6/1/67 Batch plant operator: Batch and mixer, 200 yds per hr and under 5 5.04 Batch and mixer, over 200 yds per hr. thigrh 400 yds per hr 5.33 Batch and mixer, over 400 vds per hr through 600 er hr 5.62 Brooms, power ( 4ayne, Saginaw and similar types) S.01 Bulldozers 5.01 Pay Dozers and Linked Pusher .nd similar 5.38 Bu:p Cutter (Concut, aristianson or similar types) 5.29 Cableways: 3 yds and under 5.38 Over 3 yds 74 Cement Hogs 5. Compressors: 5.15 Excavating 4.74 Steel erection inciudinr sand blastin¢, oaintinp, of the same 5.12 Cranes: "A" frame trucks, single Dower drum 5.04 ''A" frame trucks, double power Arun 5.38 Crawler, truck r/pe, floating, locomotive, whirley, either 3 yds and under or 150' of boom am' nder, or 45 tons and under 5.38 Crawler, truck type, floatin:;, locomotive, whir_ey, either over 3 yds or over 150' of ' m or over 45 runs 5.74 Tower cranes, Pecco, Lorraine, iucyrs; and similar types 5.74 Hydralifts 5.38 Hvster cat cranes and atta^_hvants 5.38 Conveyors S.u4 Conveyors, Beltcrete with power pack and similar types 5.33 Crushers, rock 5.04 'Derricks, all 5.38 Drilling machines, core, cable, rotary and exploration 5.38 Fi-ishing - chine operator, concrete paving, 5.04 em Firan, hot plant and drier 4.69 Hoists, air tuggers and •neck winches focwer) 5.04 Hoists on steel erection, truer mobiles and air toppers 5.12 Loaders: Elevating-Athey, 3ewber ,reene and similar rapes 5.04 Elevating belt type - Euclid and similar tvoes 5.3'+ Elevating grader type - Atnor and similar r/pes 5.15 Fork lifts or lumber stacker ( on construction job site) 5.01 i{LONO LN{[1 CONNTV OV K1nQ eiT{ Dctober 3. 1966 +oo cuii.rwnox id NOVi OPUATIN; 0413l'CP1 COVMR"L. Waders con roues Fork lifts with tower 8 5.12 Fork lifts with power boar and swing attachment 5.38 Overhead and front end, under 2 1/2 yds 5.04 Overtread and front end, 2 112 yds up to 4 yds f.38 Overhead and front end, 4 yds and over 5.58 lcr^amotives: Dinkey - air, electric, steam, gas or diesel 4.81 Pod or geared engines 5.15 Maehanics, heavy duty 5.04 Mechanics helpers, heavy duty shop 4.50 Mxers: Aso. .It 4.98 'chile type with hoist combination 5.38 Concrete mixers and batch - 200 yds per hr and under 5.04 Concrete mixers and batdi - over 200 yds cer hr through 400 Ids per hr 5.33 Concrete mixers and batch - over 400 yds per hr through 600 yds Pe • hr. 5.62 Paving, 5.15 Paving rua1 5.33 Motor patrol graders 5.10 Mucking machines, -!Ole or Tunnel Drill 5.38 Oil Distrihutors 4.80 Oilers and!or brakemen 4,59 f�,uipment service oiler and firemen 4.65 Oiler driver on truck cranes over 45 tons 4.65 Piledriver enp' reers 5.38 Post hole diggers, mechanical 4.98 Power plant operators 5.04 Pumas: Fuller Kenyon 5.04 Concrete and Pump Crete 5.04 'dater 4.86 Rollers, tamoers and vibrators: On•plant, road nix or multili ft materials 5.04 Other thannlant, road mix or multilift materials (where towed, to 4,74 pay rate of equipment used to pull) Sa.as, concrete 5.01 Scramrs: Carryall type, single 5.01 Carryall type, louble 5.15 Screed man 5.04 Shovels: Crawler and truc< type, all attachments, 3 -ids and under S.38 Crawler and truck type, all attachments, over 3 yds 5.74 Spreaders, 91aw ;Knox, Cedaranids, Jaeger or similar types 5.04 Slip Form Paver 5.74 RKONe Mlm ,oenrr O. King October 3, 1966 wra. • ,e...._..K...e� rse� OPERATING ENGINEERS CCNTINUEll Sub Grader (Gurries or other automatic tyces) S SAS Tractors, Farmall type, 60 H.P. and under 4.74 Tractors, Farrell type, over 60 11. P. 4.86 Tractors, Farrell type, used as backhoes, rubber tired (rortl, Ferguson, Case and similar types), 60 4.P, and under 5.18 Tractors, Farrah type, used as backhoes, rubber tired (Ford, Ferguson, Case and Similar types), over 60 H. P. 5.38 Tournapulls, Caterpillar, Euclid scrapers and similar type equipment - 25 yds and under 5.10 Tournapulls, Caterpillar, Euclid scrapers and similar type equipment - over 25 yds through 40 yds 5.38 rournaoulls, Caterpillar, Euclid scraners - over 40 yds through 55 yds 5.66 Tournapulls, Caterpillar, Euclid scrapers over 55 yds —To be negotiated Trenching machines: Under 16 inches 5.04 16 inches and over, 5.28 Master Mechanics - 52.00 per day over shovel scale Foreman - 25t per hour over highest classification order his supervision Operators on underground work shall receive a ten per cent (10%) additional premium, operators of mucking machine exceoted. All cranes, shovels and loaders shall hA classified in accordance with the respective manufacturer's rated capacir/ (struck measure). FRINGE @�1LFIT5: TOTTE-V197are 25 cents Pension fluid Fur.d 30 cents ARAAArt lrt AARAAAAARAAAAAi:rthf:ArtrtArtRNikAAAA taco"..Nan coven e1— King "---_October 3. 1966 ,oe cuuinunoN .I(-�nf� ItN NOV. TEAiSTERS: Tc /1/ 7 "A-Frame or Hydralift" trucks When "A"-Frame or Nydralift" is in use$ 5.11 Bupm,mobile Bulk Cement Tanker 4.82 ' Bull lifts, or similar equipment used in loading or unloading 4.97 trucks, transporting materials on ion sites: 4.67 'Warehousing, Other than Warehousing, 4.67 Bus or Nanhaul 99 Dunptors, @znp Tricks, Letourneau, Caterpillar, Euclid, and 4.67 similar ton-loaded equiaient: Up to and including 5 vds 4,57 Over 5 yds to and including• 12 yds 4.87 Over 12 yds to and including 20 yds 4.97 Over 20 yds to and including 30 yds 5,12 5.12 Over 30 yds to and including 40 yds Over 40 yds 27 5. Escort or Pilot Car 42 1 iatbed: 4.57 Single Rear Axle 7 Dual Rear Axle Grease and/or Fuel4.4.66 Truck Driver 4.77 7 Greasers, Tire Service 4.67 Hyster Operators (handling bulk loose aggregates 4.82 Leverian and loaders At bunkers and batch plants 4,57 La.•bed H. D. Trailer: Under 50 tons gross 50 .on Bross and over 4.87 Oil Distributor Driver 5. .12 Pickuo Truck Ross, Huster and similar Straddle uin. .nt 4.57 Scissor Truck 4.82 Semi or truck and trailer (other than earth moving, equiament) 4.4.67 Slurry Truck 4.87 Spread .•,-Spreader, rlahty 4.87 4 Swampers Team Driver 4.57 Transit-mix used exclusively in neavv const. 62 0 to and including, 4 112 vds 4.86 over 4 1/2 yds to and including 6 yds 5.01 Over 6 yds to and including 8 vds .01 Over 8 yds to and including 5 , l0 yds 516 Over 10 yds to and including 12 yds S.u6 Over 12 vds to and includin" 16 yds 5.46 Over 16 yds to and includi 20 yds 7 76 61 Over 20 vds 5.7 tlote:Effective all ions as 01 6/i/66, all rrpes of trucks or eq'utpment used to haul "ortlane ('ement ready-mix shall be governed by the transit-mix scales.) I {ina, .aeons•..n cay..,r or----- r)ctober 3, 1966 e. TEA.STERS CCONTINUED: maroc r, unmw gon, Tumatmiler, etc. 8 4.97 Vacuum Truck 4. Warehouseman 4,5 77 Water Wagon and Tank Truck: 4.67 up to 1600 gallons 4.82 1600 gallons to 3000 gallons Over 3000 gallons 4,97 Winch Truck: 4.67 Single rear axle 4.87 Dual rear axle Premium Pay: r.:d 10% to above rates for underground operation. Where a triple shift is worked F. fi%e per cent (Sb) pay premium will be paid for the second or swing shifts and a ten per cent (10%) Day premium will be paid for the th*,M or graveyard shift. Drivers, helpers and warehousemen handling, sack cement will receive fifteen (150 cents per hour premium pay. When a Foremen or Dispatcher is designated to take charfe of a crew he shall be paid not less than twenty-five (250 cents per hour over the highest classification under his supervision. Any work performed, other than driving, such as Passing, greasing., or servicing any teamster equipment, shall he ':raid for at the employee's regular rate. Wage scale for operators of equipment to be merated on heavy construction and not listed herein shall be negotiated at the time such equipment is to he operated. FRINGE BENEFITS: health E Welfare 28 cents Pension Fund 20 cents STATa Of WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES AFFIDAVIT OF 'AGES PAID On Public Works Contract Date Contract Nc. Description STATE Or %'ASNINaTON COVMY or �u III comph&ice with RCW 39.12.040 1. the undersigned being a duly authornta repivscaaatne of do hereby certity that in connection with the mrformance of work on th t public Improvement project above described for the period ending , ±9 the following rates per hour f•ir each classification of laborers, workmen an, mechanics have 1u-n paid and no laborer. Workman Or mechanic so employed upon such work has been paid leas than the prevailing rate oI wage or less than the minimum rate of wage as specified in the principal contract �'� mfieehne o!LnF.nr NO, bl Vin",nl Ileenfy 1'ed From n...A1, N<rt} Attach Atlpnwnal Sneer, AF NesiIii Subscribed and sworn to before me Rv r this _ ..day of .._._. _.. . _...._._.. l9 Baia Fb ru big.in erW In.Nip Srev at N'aJlingrm .r.n nip }., µ'yAixatoa. Tlly FpAf< rtNr�.+l r.11al'bL�Fn. Pursuant to RCN' 39,12.040 coptes of this form must be csmpleted b� the Tntiattor and each of to sub-contractors and filed b? the contrActor with the srite treasurer or the treasurer of the county ur municipal corporation or other officer or person charged with the custody and disbursement at the state or c'urporate funds applicable to the contract under and pursuant to which payment is made, rod with the Davetor of the Department of tabor and Indualr!ea CONTRACTORS ARE RESMNSISLE FOR OBTAINING AND FILING AFFIDAVITS of their SUTI-CONTRACTORS. This is rwquired by law and pa,anenls can not law'fulb' Ix made until such afRdatats are filed. MYERAl. CGNDITInNS A. DEFINITIONS A-1. Contract Documents. 'he 'Contract Documents consist of the Advertisement or B s, the Proposal, the Contract, the Performance Bond, the Information for Bidders, the Cenral Conditions, the Special Provisions, the Specifications, and the Plans, in•:ludirg all modifications thereof incorporated into the Documents before their execution. These form the Contract. A-2. Owner. Wherever the word "Owner" occurs in these Contract Docu- ments, the word shall signify the person, persons, corporation, or others who authorized the preparation of these Contract Documents and who will receive the bid proposals and ultimately negotiate the Contract with the Contractor for the work included in these Contract Documents. A-3. Contractor. Wherever the word "Contractor' occurs in these Con- tract Documents, the word shall cigr.ify the party cr parties contracting with the Owner to perform the wrk as outlined and contempiated in the Contract Documents. A-u, Engineer. Wherever the word "Engineer" occurs in these Contract Docusents, the word shall signify the fire of Cornell, Hovland, Hayes & Merry- field, which has been designated by the OM,er to be in charge of the work, acting either directly or Through their duly authorized agents. A-5. written Notice. Wherever the term "Written Notice' occurs in these Contract Documents, the term shalt signify a written communication delivered in person to the individual, or to a member of the fine, or to an officer of the corporation for whom It is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered mail, to the fart business address known to him who gives the notice. A-6. Work. Wherever the word "4ork' occurs in these Contract Documents, the woM s a l signify all material, labor, tools, and all appliances, ma- chinery, an: appurtenances necessary to perform and complete everything sperified in the Contract Documents or show or. the Plans and such additional items of labor, material, and eeuipment, not specifically indicated or des- cribed which can be reasonably inferred as belonging to the item described or indicated and as required by good practice to provide a canplete aad satisfactory system or structure. A-7. Bidder. Wherever the word "Bidder" occurs in these Contract Documents, the word shall signify any person, firm, partnership, or corpo- ration submitting construction proposals on this project. P. CuNTRACT DOCUMENTS B-1. Intent of Contract Documents. The Contract Doruments are comple- mentary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all. The intent of the Documents is to include all labor and material Gen. Cond. -1- W (except specific items to be furnished by the Owner), equipment, machinery, and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the work. Materials or work described in words whie''. so applied have a well-known technical and trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. B-T. Inconsistencies and omissions. where inconsistencies exist between the 6peciai Specifications an any of er part of these Documents, the Special Specifications shall govern, where inconsistencies exist between the Special Provisions and any other part of these Documents, except the Special Specifi- cations, the Special Provisions shall govern. Any discrepancies, ommissions, or errors, found in the Contract Docu- ments or differences between the site conditions and those indicated in the Contract Documents shall be reported to the Engineer immediately. The Engineer will Correct, it.. writing, such Omissions or errors, within a reasonable time. B-3. Alteratiorn. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order extra wor or make changes by altering, adding to, or deducting from the work. All such work shall be executed under the conditions of the original Contract, except that claim for extension of time and payment for extra work caused thereby shall be adjusted at the time of ordering such change. If work is deleted by change orders, the amount of the Contract shall be adjusted at the time of ordering such change. In giving instructions, the Engineer may order minor changes in the work not involving extra cost and not inconsistent with the purposes of the struc- ture; but otherwise, except in emergency endangering life or property, extra work or deductions from the work shall be performed only in pursuance of a written order from the Owner, signed or countersigned by the Engineer, or a written order from the Engineer stating that the Owner has authorized the deduction, extra work, or change; and no claim for additional payment shall be valid unless so ordered. If the work is reduced by alterations, such action rhall not r.onstitute a claim for damages based or, loss of anticipated profits. B-u, verification of Data. It is understood and agreed that the Con- tractor has, v careful exam nation, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work; the conformation of the ground; the character, quality, and quantity of materials to be encountered; she character of equipment ano facilities neeled preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work; the general and local conditions; and all other matters which can in any way affect the work under this Contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, r-:her before or after the oxecution of this Contract, shall affect or moaify any of the terns or obli- gations herein contained. B-S. CoCo�ies to be Kept on the Work. The Contractor shall keep one copy of the Co ntra�t Tdocuments on Me wor , in good order, available to the Engineer and to his representatives. B-6. Copies to be Furnished. The Cngineer will furnish to the ^on- tractor, on request and free of charge, six (6) copies of the Contract Documents and six (6) sets of full-scale Plans. Additional copies of Gen. Cond. -2- W Contract Documents or Plans may be obtained on request by paying the actual cost of reproducing the Contract Documents or Plans. B-7. Ownership of Drawln s. 111 Plans, Drawings, Specifications, and copies thereo urnlshed y t x Engineer are his property. They are not to be used on other work and, with the exception of the signed Contract set, are to be returned to him on request at the completion of the work. All models are the property of the Owner. C. THE ENGINEER C-1. Authority of the Engineer, The Engineer shall be the Owner's represent ative wring the—con struction and he shall observe the work in progress on behalf of the Owner. He has authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of the Contract. He shall also have authority to reject all work and materials which do not conform to the Contract. To prevent disputes and litigation, the Engineer will, within a reasonable time after their presentation to him, make decisions, in writing, on all claims of the Owner or the Contractor and on all other matters relating to the execution and progress of the work or the interpre- tation of the Contract Documents. The Engineer's estimates and decisions shall be the condition precedent to the right of the Contractor to any action or. the Contract and to any right to receive additional money under Contract. The Engineer shall not have the authority to order changes in the work or extra work, except as provided in Article B-3 of these General Conditions. C-2. Engineer'' Representatives. Assistants may be placed in charge of various portions of the y�the Engineer. It is understood that such assistants shall have the power, in the absence of the Engineer, to issue instructions and make decisions within the limitations of the authority of the Engineer. The authority of such assistants shall, however, be limited to the particular portion or phase of the work to which they are assigned and by the particular duties assigned to them. C-3. Inspection. The Engineer and his assistants, if any, will observe the woo—Trr-to the extent necessary in the Engiueer'3 judgment to determine that the provisions of the Contract Documents are being properly fulfilled. All materials furnished and work performed under these Contract Documents will be subject to rigid inspection. The inspection of -he work done shall not relieve the Contractor of his obligations to furnish materials and perform acceptable work in conformance wtth these Contract Documents. C-4, Relected Material. Any material condemned or rejected by the Engineer or hs aut orrze inspector because of nonconformity with the Contract Documents shall be removed at once from the vicinity of the work by the Contractor at his uwn expense, and the same shall not be used on the work. C-5. Unnoticed Defects. Any defective work or material that may be discovered by the ..npinee- before the final acceptance of work, or before final payment has been made, or during the guarantee period, shall be removed and replaced by work and materials which shall conform to the pro- visions of the Contract Documents. Failure on the part of the Engineer to condemn or reject bad or inferior work or materials shall not be rc trued to imply acceptance of such work or materials. Gen. Cond. -3- W C-b. Ri ht to Retain Im rfect Work. If anv part or portion of the work done or material urni she under this If shall prove defective and not in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, and If the imper- fection in the same shall not be of sufficient magnitude or importance as to make the work dangerous or undesirable, or if the removal of such work will create conditions which are dangerous or urdesirable, the Owner shall have the right and authority to retain such work but shall make such deductions in the final payment therefor as may be just and reasonable. C-7. Lines and Grades. Lines and grades shall be furnished by the Engineer, as prove ed " t e Special Provisions, unless otherwise specified. Contractor shall provide stakes and such ordinary labor as may reasonably be required by the Engineer to assist him in such Work. Whenever necessary, work shall be suspended to permit accomplishment of this work; but such suspension will be as brief as practicable; and the Contractor shall he allowed no extra compensation therefor. The Contractor shall give the Engineer ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades will be needed. All stakes, marks, and other information shall be carefully pre- served by the Contractor; and in cases of their careless or unnecessary destruction or removal by him or his employees, such stakes, marks, and other information shall be replaced by the Engineer at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall be responsible for the transfer to the struc- ture of the lines and grades as set by the Engineer. CPB. A roval of Workln Drawings. The Contractor shall submit, in uadru lrcate, to t e q ngmeer for his approval, such shop or working drawings and/or catalog cuts for fabricated items and manufactured items (including mechanical and electrical equipment), required for the construc- tion. Drawings shall be submitted in sufficient time to allow the Engineer nct less than ten (10) regular working days for examining the drawings. These drawings shall be accurate, distinct, and complete, and shall contain all required information, including satisfactory identification of items, units, and assemblies in relation to the Contract drawings and Specifications. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, shop drawings shall be sub- mitted only by the Contractor, who shall indicate by a signed stamp on the drawings, or other approved means, that he (the Contractor) has checked the shop drawings, and that the work shown in accordance with Contract require- ments and has been checked for dimensions and relationship with work of all other trades involved. The practice of submitting incomplete or unchecked shop drawings for the Engineer to correct or finish will not be acceptable; and shop drawings which, in the opinion of the Engineer, clearly indicate that they have net been checked by the Contractor will be considered as not complying with the intent of the Contract Documents and will be returned to the Contractor for resubmission in the proper form. When the shop drawings an approved by the Engineer, two (2) sets of prints will be returned to the Contractor marked "Approved," or "Approved as Corrected." If major changes or corrections are necessary, the drawing may be disapproved and one (1) set will be returned to the Contractor with Gen. Cord. -a- W such changes or corrections indicated, and the Contractor shall correct and resubmit the drawings, in quadruplicate, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No changes shall be made by the Contractor to resubmitted shop drawings other than those changes indicated by the Engineer. The approval of such drawings and catalog cuts by the Engineer shall not relieve the Cont actor from responsibility for correctness of dimensions, fabrication details and space requirements, or for deviations from the Con- tract drawings or Specifications, unless the Contractor has called attention to such deviations in writirq by a letter accompanying the drawings and the Engineer approves the change or deviations in writing at the time of sub- mission; nor shell approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for errors in the shop drawings. When the Contractor does call such deviations to the attention of the Engineer, the Contractor shall state in his letter whether or not such deviations involve any deduction or extra cost adjustment. C-? Satail DE dMinP.s and Instructions. The Engineer will furnish, with reasonable promptness, additional instructions by means of drawings or other- wise, as are necessary for the proper execution of the work. All such drawings and instructions will he consistent with the Contract Documents, true develop- ments thereof, and reasonably inferable therefrom. D. THE CONTPACTOP AND HIS ERPLOPEES D-1. Facilities and Sanitation. The necessary sanitary conveniences, properly secluded from public observation, shall be erected and naintained by the Contractor at all times while men are employed on the work; and the use of such sanitary conveniences shall be strictly enforced. The location of such conveniences shall be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide a building where workmen may take their lunches, change clothes, and for similar usage. He shall provide first-aid eouipment and other facilities as are or may be required by the laws of the State, City or Town, and County in which .he work is to be done. D-2. Pece9tionrentativ of Ens ineer's Directions. The superintendent, or other duly out rized repsee of the Contractor shall represent the Con- tractor in his absence; and all dire^Lions given to him shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important directions will be confirmed in writing to the Contractor. Other directions will be so confirmed on written request in each case. D-3. Insurance. The Contractor shall not commence work under this Contract unt 1 he has furnished the Owner with satisfactory proof of insurance specified herein: a. CnmpeDSdtion Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain during the life o? this Contract, workmen s Compensation Insurance or equivalent for all his employees employed on this work; and he shall require any subcon- tractors to provide similar insurance for all said subcontractors' employees, unless said subcontractors' employees are covered by the insurance maintained by the Contractor, Gen. Cond. -5- w b. Public Liabilit and Pro ert Dama a Insurance. The Contractor shall mainfain is i it ity Insurance against death or injury to persons, or damage to property, Turing the life of this Contract-, said insurance in such form as Will pto2Fet Cmtractor and Owner from all claims as above pro- vided, in the following amounts: (1) Public Liabil itv Insurance not less than 5100,000 or in_urtes to any one person, including accidental death, and not less than $200,000 for any one accident. (2) Property Damage Insurance not less than $50.000. The Contractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance shall . provide the primary coverage on all claims arising out of the performance of the Contract. c. Insurance Covera a for S ecial Conditions. When the construction is to be accomphs ed Within the right-o -way of the Cate Highway or a public utility requiring special insurance coverage, the Contractor shall conform to the particular requirements. The Contractor shall include in his liability policy all endorsements that the said authority may require for the protection of its officers, agents, employees, and interests. Insurance coverage for special conditions, When required, shall be provided as set forth in the Special Provisions. d. Fin Insurance. Fh- insurance coverage, when required, shall be provideT as set forth n the Special Provisions. D-4. Performance B-nd. The Contractor shall furnish a surety bond of the form 1ncl- u�ded here With, in an amount at least equal to the total amount of the Proposal, as security for the faithful performance of the r-ntract and the payment of all persons supplying labor and materials for the construction of the work. Said bend shall be issued by a surety company authorized to issue such bonds in the State of Washington and must in all respects be satisfactory and acceptable to the Owner. The bond shall be in force for one (1) year after the date of written notice of final acceptance of the work to cover all guarantees against defective workmanship and materials. D-5. Correction of Defective Work After final Acceptance. All work, including the assign of—mechanical and electrical components of equipment and/or design of packaged control systems which are furnished as a component of equipment, shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year against defects in materials and workmanship. The Contractor hereby agrees to make, at his own expense, all repairs or replacements necessitated by defects in materials or workmanship supplied by him that become evident within one (1) year after the date of written notice of final acceptance of the work. The Contractor also agrees to hold the Owner harmless from claims of any kind arising from damage due to said defects. The Contractor shall make all repairs and replace- ments promptly upon receipt of written orders for same from the Owner. If the Contractor fails to make the repairs and replacements promptly, the Owner may do the work, and the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable for the cost thereon. Any additional requirements for the project relative to correction of defective work after final acceptance are set forth in the Special Provisions. Gen. Cond. -6- W D-5. Superintendence. The Contractor shall keep on the work, during its progress, a comortent superintendent and necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the Engineer. The Contractor shall give efficient super- vision to the work, using his best skill and attention. The superintendent shall not be changed, except by consent of the Engineer, unless the superin- tendent proves to be unsatisfactory to the Contractor and ceases to be in his employ. D-7. EmEmp ogees. The Contractor shall employ only competent, skillful men to o the he work; and wherever any person shall appear to the Engineer to be incompetent or to act in a disorderly or improper manner, such person shall be removed from the worx immediately upon written notification from the Engineer and shall not be employed on the work again, except by consent of the Engineer. The Contractor shall at al . times enforce strict discipline and good order among his employees. The Contractor shall comply with all labor rules, wage scales, and regulations, including nondiscriminatory laws, of the Government of the United States, the State, City or Town, and County in which the work is to be done. D-8. Materials and A fiances. Unless otherwise stipulated, the Con- tractor shall provide and pay or all materials, labor, water, tools, equipment, light, power, transportation, and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workman- ship and materials shall be of good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. D-9. Safety Precauticns. The Contractor shall take all necessary pre- cautions or the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, State, and municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall without further order, provide and maintain at all times during the progress or temporary suspension of the work, suitable barricades, fences, signs, signal lights, and flagmen as are necessary or required to insure the safety of the public and those engaged in the work. The operations of the Contractor, for the protection of persons, and the guarding against hazards from machinery and equipment, shall meet the requirements of the applicable State laws and the current safety regulations as set forth in "Safety Standards for Construction" and "General Safety Standards" published by the Department of tabor and Industry, Olympia, Washington. The work shall be so conducted that no liability will accrue under the safety laws of the State of Washington. 0-10. Protection of Proeert v. The Contractor shall continuously mairtain adequate protection of all his work from damage and shall protect the Owner's property and the property of others from injury or loss arising in connection with this Contract. He shall make good any such damage, injury, or loss, except as may be due directly to errors in the Contract Documents caused by agents or employees of the Owner. No shall adequately protect adjacent property as provided by law and in the Contract Documents. Gen. Cond. -7- W In an emergency affecting the sa!ety of life or of the work or of adjoin- ing property, the Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from the Engineer, is hereby permitted to act, at hit discretion, to prevent such threatened loss or injury; and he stall so act, without appeal, if so instructed or authorised. Any compensation claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined by agreement or arbitration. D-11. Unforeseen Difficulties. The Contractor shall protect his work ls rom dsmage and materia ue to t e nature of the work, he elements, care- lessness of o' or contractors, or from any cause whatever until the completion and acceptant of the work. All loss or damages arising out of the nature of the work to Is done under these Contract Documents, or from any unseen obstruc- tion or defects which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, or from the action of the el aments shall be sustained by the Contractor. D-11. Permits and Licenses. The Contractor shall keep hims, :f fully informe o all local ordinances, State and Federal laws in any manner affecting the work herein specified. He shall at all times comply with said ordinances, laws, end regulations, and protect and indemnify the Owner and its officers and agents against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such laws, ordinances, or regulations. Permits and licenses of a temporary nature necessary for the prosecution of the work shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor. Permit-, licenses, and easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities shall be secured and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise specified, D-13. Access for Inspection. The Contractor shall furnish, without extra charge, the necessary test pieces and samples, including facilities and labor for obtaining the same, as requested by the Engineer. When required, the Contractor shall furnish certificates of tests of materials and equipment made at the point of manufacture by a recognized testing laboratory. The Engineer and his representatives shall at all times have access to the work wherever it is in preparation or progress, and the Contractor shall provide facilities for such access and for inspection, including maintenance of temporary and permanent access routes. If the Specifications, the Engineer's instructions, laws, ordinances, or any public authority require any work to be specially testeu or approved, the Contractor shall give the Engineer timely notice of its readiness for inspection. If the inspection is by authority other than the Engineer's, the Engineer shall be given timely notice of the date fixed for such inspection. Inspections by the Engine^ will be promptly made, and where practicable, at the source of supply. If any work should be covered up without approval or consent of the Engineer, it shall, if required by the Engineer, be uncovered for examination at the Contractor's expense. Re-examination of questioned work may be ordered by the Engineer; and, if so ordered, the work shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such work be found in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner will pay the cost of re-examination and replacement. If such work be found not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct the defective work at no additional cost to the Owner. Gen. Cond. -8- W D-14. Ro allies and Patents. The Contractor shall pay all royalty and license ees. le shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless from loss on account thereof, except that the Owner shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manu- facturers is specified; but if the Contractor has information that the process or article specified is an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives such information to the Engineer or the Owner. D-15. Indemnity. The Contractor shall Indemnify and save harmless the Owner from and against all losses and all claims, demands, payments, suits, actions, recoveries, and judgments of every nature and description made, brought, or recovered against the Owner by reason of any act or omission of the Contractor, his agents or employees, in the execution of the work or in guarding the same. D-16. Release of Liens. On public projects, neither the final payment nor any pert o t e retarne On shall became due until the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a signed affidavit, satisfactory to the Owner, stating that so far as he (the Contractor) ias knowledge or information, all accounts for materials, labor, and incidentals in connection with work have teen paid in full. The form of affidavit shall he satisfactory to the Owner. When the Owner is other than d public agency, neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a complete release cf all liens arising out of this Contract, or receipts in full in lieu thereof, and an affidavit that so far as he ;ras knowledge or information, the releases and/or receipts include all the labor and material for which a lien could be filed; but the Contractor may, if he is unable to furnish a release or receipt in full as provided above, furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify him against any lien. If any lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Con- tractor shall refund to the Owner all monies that the latter, may be compelled to pay in discharging such a lien, including all costs and a reasonable attorney's fee. D-17. Subcont ct in The Contractor shall, as soon as practicable after re executt ta Contract, notify the Engineer, in writing, of the names of the subcortractors proposed for the principal parts of the work and for such others as the Engineer may direct, and shall not employ any that the Engineer may within a reasonable time object to as incompetent or unfit. The Contractor agrees that he is as fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and emissions of his subcontractors and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the Owner. Gen. Cond. -9- W D-18. Contractor's Ri ht to Sto Work or '.etm mate Contract. If the work should be stoppe un er an order o any court or other publTO authority fur a period of three (3) months, through no act or fault of the Contractor or of anyone employed by him; or if the Engineer should fail to issue any estimate for payment within fifteen (15) days after it is due; or if the Owner should fail to pay the Contractor within thirty (30) days after the time specified in Article F-2 any sum certified by the Engineer, then the Contractor may, upon fifteen (15) days' written notice to the Owner and the Engineer, stop work or terminate this Contract and recover from the Owner payment for all work executed and any loss sustained upon any plant or material and reasonable profit and damages, unless said default has been remedied within said time. D-19. Taxes and Cnarges. The Contractor shall pay a State sales t,m on items as re3uired by the laws and statutes of the State of Washington. The Contractor shall withhold and pay any and all withholding taxes, whether State or Federal; and pay all Social Security charges and also all State Unemployment Compensation charge=; and pay or cause to be withheld, as the case may be, any and all taxes, charges, or fees or sums whatsoever, which are now or may hereafter be required to be paid or withheld under any laws. D-20. Requirements of Washington Law for Public Contracts. a. Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates on Public Works. The hourly wages to be paid to laborers, wor meu, or mechanics, upon all Public Works o' the State, or any county, municipality, or political subdivision created by its laws, shall be not less than the prevailing rate of wage for an hour's work in the same trade or occupation in the locality within the state where such labor it pe--formed in accordance with the provisions of R.C.M1. 39.12.020. The above provisions does not apply to workmen or other persons regularly emploved on monthly or per diem salary. The "Prevailing Rate of Wage" shall be the rate of hourly wage and ovartime paid in the locality to the maic-ity of workmen, laborers, or mechanics in the same trade or occupation. If there is not a majority in the same trade or occupation paid at the same rate, the average rate of hourly wage and overtime paid to such laborers, workmen, or mechanics in the same trade or occupation shall be the prevailing rate. If the wage paid by any contractor or subcontractor to laborers, workmen, or mechanics on any ptblic work is based on some period of time other than an hour, the hourly wage shall be mathematically determined by the number of hours worked in such period of time. The "locality" shall be the largest city in the county wherein the physical work is being performed. The Owner does not guarantee that labor can be procured for the minimum wages set corth in the Special Provisions. The rates of wages listed are minimum only, below which the Contractor cannot pay and they do not constitute a representation that labor can be procured for the minimum listen. It will be the responsibility of :he Contractor to ascertain for himself the wages above the minimum set forth that he may have to pay. Gen. Cond. -10- W b. RRuirtments for Affidavit of Wages Paid. Before payment is made by or on behalf of the State, or any county, municipality, or political subdivision created by its laws, of any sum or sums due on account of a Contract for a public improvement, it shall be the duty of the State Treasurer, o^ the Treasurer of the County or municipal corporation, or other officer or person charged with the custody and dispersement of the State or corporation funds applicable to the Contract under and pursuant to which payment is made, to require the Contractor and each and every subcontractor of the Contractor or a subcontractor to file a statement (affidavit) in writing, in a form satisfactory to the officer, certifying the rate of hourly wage paid each classification of laborers, workmen, or mechanics, employed by him upon such work and further crrtify that no laborer, workmen, or mechanic, employed by him upon sucn public work ;us been paid less than the prevailing rate of wages, or less than the minimum rate of wage specified in the Contract. The said certificate and statement shall be verified by the Oath of the Contractor or Subcontractor, as the case may be, that he has read such statement and certified subscribed by him and knows the contents thereof and that tht same is true to his knowledge, all in accordance with the provisions of R.C.N. 39.12.040 and R.C.W. 39.12.050. c. Arbitration of We a Dis utes. 0n public work proiects in the State of washington in case any spate arises as to what are the prevailing rates of wages for work of a similar nature to that contemplated under the Contract, and such dispute cannot be adjusted by the parties involved, the matter shall be referred for arbitration to the Director of the Department of Labor and Industries in the State in accordance with the provisions of R.C.M. 39.12,060, and his decision shall be final. d. Emergency Overtime. It is a part of the public policy of the State of washington that all pu lic work "by contract or day labor done" for it or any political subdivision created by its laws shall be performed in workdays of not more than eight (8) hours each, except in cases of extraordinary emergency. No case of extraordinary emergency shall be con- strued to exist in any case where other labor can be found to take the place of labor which has already been employed for eight (8) hours in any calendar day. All work done by contract or subcontract on any building, or improve- ments or works on roads, bridges, streets, alleys, for the State, or any county or municipality within the State, shall be done in normal workdays of eight (8) hours; however, the provisions of R.C.W. 49.28.010 through 49,26.030 provide that in cases of extraordinary emergency, such as danger to life or property, the hours for work may be ex-ended, but in such case the rate of pay for time employed in excess of a.ght (8) hours of each calendar day shall be one and one-half times tho rate of pay allowed for the same amount of time during eight (8) hours' service. And for this purpose R.C,w. 29.28.010 through 49.28.030 is made a part of this Contract and shall be included in subcontracts or agreements for work done for the State or env county or municipality within the State. e. Employment Preference Given to Residents of Washington. All contracts Tet by the State or anydepartment thereof or any county, city, or town, for the erection, construction, alteration, demolition, or repair Gen. Cord. -11- w r any ' * .: l:u:lding, structure, brilge. h ^hway, �r snr odor• kinO ^f public wo K �r Improvement the Contractor, sui+contra,trr, or person in charge thereof, shall give preference -isxashirgtcn residents as employees in accordance with the provisions of R.C.W. 39.16,tar�, and shall pay tot I ess ihar: '.'he prevailing wages for the speriflc type of construction as derernitred by the U.S. Department of Labor in the city or c n:nty where the vcrk is to he perforsed. '.arm -resiident' as used in T*.s s,ctic-n stair mean any person who has beer, a Cone fide resident of 'he State cf Washington for a period rf ninety (n0) :.•ys Prior to such E�^.pldl`•ent, ovided that in tile cotloscts involving the ex',lenditure of Federal aid funds, this section shall rrt be enforced in such a manner to conflict wit% .r be contrary to the Federal statutes, Pales and Regulatic.nc presc^icing a labor preference to ho•toraniy discharge.', soldiers, Sailors, and marinas, or prol,ititing as unlaw!:,: tn, other preference or disa•isinat ior. among, the, citizens of the 0oited it ores. Par inni ;, o' the tlork. P.e?..tre work shall be started and materials orrereT"'t ne Contractor 5,.a, li m`aet and consult with the Engineer relative to Materials, equiprrent, an! all arraalements fir pn,secutinr, the work. The Contractor stall rmme't a the work contm.,lared :order these Contract Docu- ments within ten tldl nays after t'e date of w ecuT?c'.n of the Contract, unless : Pe not" ied ty the , -rnd ;Y;o.li nc. -l.ete the wor6 wIth,n 2 t7a riot c if Led in h s Proposal, ir. be.og expreseiy understood and agreed that t'.( T:-r a. ;rgiooing, rate ... ;rn and time of r;non;Et!nn of the cork are a. tre est,ance of thin Contract. E rre.?ecution tf the 4.,;rk. The w,.+rk sh.l). be preseruted at such time, anT' 7 rr �n sac!: *,art or ports c' the protect as may be required, to complete th.• i:r act AS ccatar.plated in tt, iontract Documents an'i the approved eonstn:e.tion y_!)rdc_e, rt is axF,resiy un�lerstocC am: mutualiv agreed between 111 hr_ "fit Vq!Ct that t!:e Sngiceer -ha not determine or be re- 01011511 .It r`Y.' LLdis ;�e)YGS'�'. the w dew ;ale EUCI j,reca'dt4ons d5 'ire !Sa`t deem tJ Cq^ip:019 the pl•O',al' So .All work will be 1G c:cntormance with the _.:'.raCt 1E,,7cume11tt witFin the :ontra:.t time. If 'lie ="%rtraetor Jesires tc, carry on k:: k at nigh, or outside the rel•.Ul dr F^;;rS, he ' ?)v sglmit application to '-.e iagineer, L,Gt he ;hall iliow tie 'tadY t,.. :Rsfe^tan}; the -!, .,'?^ent Darts .. .. .. a<' r t C^.e l:ev an. nk,ail _•rp i'; watt, -�"' a UT to T. :,'.^t% Prior to Starting ttte construction, .n:•!- "Urr.i5ll ,,,e Lngineer for his approval a schedule or Schedules of expe,xtad progress of the work under the Contract stowing approxi- mate_y the dates on which each part or divis:on of the work is expected to be started and finished. The progress schedules shall be Submitted rejularly and shall cover a time period satisfactory to the Engineer. The Contractor Gen. Cond. ^12- W shall also frmatd to the Engineer, as soon as F-racticable after the first day of each month, a summary report of the progress of the various parts of the work under the Contract in the shops and in the field, stating the existing status, rate of progress, estimated t-me or completion, and cause of delay, if any. E-k. assignment. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet'a as a whole without tAe written consent of the other; nor shall the Contractor assign any monies due or to became due to him hereunder without the previous written consent of the Owner. E-5. Owner's Right to Do Work. If the Contractor should, in the opinion of the Engineer, neglect to prosecute the work properly or should neglect or refuse at his own cost to take up and replace wc:k as shall have been rejected by t;.e Engineer, then t`e Owner shall nctify the surety company of the condition, and after ter, (10) days' written notice to the Contractor and the surety company, or without notice if an emergency or danger to the work or public exists, and without prejudice to any other right which the Owner eay have under the Contract, take over that portion of the work which has sn improperly executed and make good the deficiencies and deduct the cost ti. .eof from the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor. E_-6. Owner's Right to Terminate Contract. If the Contractor should be adjudged a bankrupt; or if he-shouldmak;-a- general assignment far the benefit of his creditors; or if a receiver should be appointed on account of his Insolvency; cr if he should persistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail, except in cases for which extenslon of tine, is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials; or if he should fail to make prompt payment to subcontractors or for material or labor; or persistently disregard laws, ordinances, or the instructions of the Engineer; or otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of any provision of the Contract or any laws or ordinance; then the Owner, upon the certification of the Engineer that suffic;ent cause exists to justify such action, may, without prejudice to any o. er ri- t or remedy. and after giving the Contractor and Surety seven (7) days' ++ritten notice, transfer the employment to said work from the Contractor to the Surety. Upon receipt of such notice, such Surety shall enter upon the premises and take possession of all materials, tools, and appliances thereon for the purpose of completing the work included under this Contract and employ, by contract or otherwise, any person, or persons to finish the work and provide the materials therefor without termi- •otion of the --ntinuing full force and effect of this Contract. In case Of such transfer of employment to such Surety, the Surety st.all b- paid in its own name on estimates according to the terms hereof without any right of the Contractor to make any claim for the same or any part thereof. In lieu of the foregoing, if the Owner so elects, he may terminate the emplovment of the Contractor and take possession of the premises and of all materials, tools, and appliances thereon and finish the work by whatever method he may - deem expedient. In such case, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work 1s finished. If the expense of completing the Contract, including compensation for addition-1 managerial and administrative services, shall exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor Gen. Cond. -13- W shall pay the difference to the Owner. The cspanse incurred by the Owner, as herein provided, and the damage incurred through the Contractor's default shall be certified by the Engineer. E-7. Delays and Extension of Time. If the Contractor be delayed at any time in the progress of the work 1y any act or neglect of the Owner or the Engineer, or of anv employee of either; or by any separate contractor employed by the Owner; jr b; changes ordered in the work; or by strikes, lockouts, fire, unusual delav in transportation, unavoidable casualties, or any causes beyond the Contractor's control which +ustifies the delay, then the date for completion of the work shall be extended. Within a reasonable period after the Contractor submits to the Engineer a written request, for ar extension of til.,e, the Engineer will present his written recommendation tc the Owner stating his opinions on whether or not the delav justified an extension of time; and, if so, the number of days extension due the Contractor. The Owner will make the final decision on all requests for extension of time. 4c such extension shall be made for delay occurring more than seven (7) days before claim therefor is made in writing to the Engineer. In the case .of a continuing cause of delay, only one claim is necessary. If no schedule or agreement stating the dates upon which supplemental drawings shall he furnished by the Engineer is made, then no claim for delay shall be allowed the Contractor on account of failure to furnish drawings until two (.') weeks after demand for such drawings, and then not unless such claim be reasonable. This section does not exclude the recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions in these Contract Documents. E-g. Li uidated Da e�s ma . Should the Contractor fail to complete the work, or any part t ere7,in the time agreed upon in the Contract or within such extra time as may have been allowed for delays by extensions granted as provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the additional expense and damage for every day, Sundays and holidays excluded, that the Contract remains uncompleted after the date of completion given in the Contract. It is agreed that the amount of such additional expense and damage incurred by reason of failure to complete the work is the per diem rate stipulated in the Contract. The said amounts are hereby agreed upon as liquidated damages for the loss to the Owner on account of expense due to the employment of engineers, inspectors, and other employees after the expiration of the time of completion, and on account of the value of the operation of the works dependent thereon. It is expressly understood and agreed that this amount is not to be considered in the nature of a penalty, but as liquidated damages which have accrued against the Contractor; and the Owner is authorized to deduct the amount of such damages from any monies due the Contractor for wor.. performed or material furnished under this Contract; and the Contractor and his Sureties shall be liable for any excess. C-9. Other Contracts. The Owner reserves the right to let otht. contracts rn connection with this work. The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity fur the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their work and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs. Gen. Cond. -lu- W If any part of the Contractor's work depends, for proper execution or results, upon the work of any other contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and resu'.ts. His failure to so inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the ether contractor's work as fit and proper for the reception of his work, except as to defects which may develop in the other contractor's work after execution of his work. E-10. Use of Premises. The Contractor shall confine Fds apparatus, the storage of materials, and the operation of his workmen to limits shown • on the Plans or indicated by law, ordinances, permits, or directions of the Engineer, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with his materials. The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, the necessary rights-of-way and access to the work which may be required outside the limits of the Owner's property. The Contractor shall not load or permit anv part of the structure to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety. E-11. Use of Completed Portions. The Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the work, notwithstanding the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired, but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work tot completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the coot of the work, or delays thL completion of the work, the Contractor shall be entitled to extra compensation or an extension of time, or both. Should such condition or con- ditions ,,revail, the Contractor shall subs—t his claim for additional compen- sation or extension of time, in writing, to the Engineer. The Engineer will review the claim and present his recommendations to the Owner in writing. The Owner will make the fl.gal decision on the claim. E- i Curtin and Patchin . The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, or patching of h s wore that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit it to receive or be rereived by work of other contractors shown upon or reasonably implied by the Plans. Any derective work or material, performed or furnished by the Contractor, that may be discovered by the Engineer before the final acceptance of the work or before final payment has been made shall be removed and replaced or patched, as the Engineer may direct, at the expense of the Contractor. -e, r-13. Cleaning Up. Cleaning up shall be a continuing process from the start of the worn to final acceptance of the pro-ect. The Contractor shall, at all times, at his own expense and without further order, keep property on which work is in progress free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by employees o,- by the work, and at all times during the constraction period shall maintain st^ucture sites, rights-of-way, adacent property, and the surfaces of streets and roads in a safe condition for the Contractor's workers, and the public. Accumulations of waste materials that might con- s,itute a fire hazard will not be permitted. Upon completion of the coo- struction, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, remove all temporary structures, rubbish, and waste materials resulting from his operations. Gen. Cond. -1S- w F. FAYMENT F-l. Basis of Pavment. In consideration of the faithful performance of all '.he covenants, stipulations, and agreements in this Contract to be kept and performed by the Contractor, the Owner covenants and agrees to pay the Contractor the amount hid as adjusted when so stipulated in the Con- tractor's Proposal on the basis of the unit prices named in the Contractor's Proposal for the work actually performed as determined by the final estimate of the Engineer, together with any amounts due for extra work not classified under the items listed in the Contractor's Proposal as provided in Article F-3 of these General Conditions; less any deduction for failure to camnleti the work within the time spoof. . '; and less any deductions for claims and damages paid by the Owner due to acts or omissions of the Contractor and for which he is liable under this Contract. F-2. Partial P, aymenx, So long as the work herein contracted for is prosecute n accordance with the provisions of this Contract, the Engineer will, on the last two (2) days of each calendar month, make an approximate estimate of the proportionate value of the Work done and of material furnished or delivered upon the Owner's property at the site of the work up to that date. If the Contract price is determined on a unit price basis, this progress payment will be made on the basis of these unit prices. If the Contract price is determined on a lump sum bads, this payment will be made on the basis of an estimated cost schedule, covering the entire job, which shall be prepartr by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer before the start of the work, The amount of said estimate, after deducting ten percent (10%) and all previous payments, shall be due and payable to the Contractor not more than ten (10) days after the last day of said month, except where the ^•mcr is a municipality whose laws require the approval of each payment by a Jouncil or similar body; in which case, the amount of said estimate shall become due and payable ten (10) days after the first meeting in the following month scheduled for approval of such payments. The ten percent (10%) deducted, as above set forth, shall be withheld by the Owner to insure faithful completion of the work under the terms of the Contract Documents and as a fund for the protection and payment of any person or persons, mechanic, subcontractor or materialmen who shall perform any labor upon this Contract or work thereunder, and all persons who shall supply such person or persons or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of such work, and the State with respect to taxes imposed pursuant to R.C.N. Title 82 which may bs due from such Contractor, and to provide a fund for the payment of any claims which may accrue against the Owner because of some act or mission on the part of the '.ontractor. Furthermore, on all contracts for the construction, reconstruction, maintenance, or repair of any public work in the State of Washington, except Federal pro'ecte, no payment will be made to the Contractor until he files with the Owner the signed Wage Certification Form certifying that _ he has paid not less than the prevailing rate cf wages as required by R.C.W. 39.12.030, as set forth in the Special Provisions. Nothing contained in this article shall be construed to affect the right, hereby reserved, to reiect the whole or any part of the aforesaid work should such work be later found not to comply with any of the provisions of the Gen. Ccnd. -16- W Contract Documents. All estimated quantities of work for which progress payments have been made are subject to review and correction on the final estimate. Payment by the Owner and acceptance by the Contractor of progress Payments based on periodic estimates of quantities of work perfomed shall not, in any way, constitute acceptance of the estimated quantities used as the basis for computing the amounts of the progress payments. F-3. Extra Work. Any work necessary or required to tarty o.t the intent of these Contract Documents by changes clearly not indicated in the Contract Documents or which cannot reasonably be implied from the intent and meaning of the Contract Documents shall be paid for at the unit price agreed tc in the Contract Documents. If this extra work cannot be classified under any of the items for which unit prices are listed in the Contractor's Proposal, it shall be paid for as extra work at the rate agreed to in writing between the Contractor and the Owner prior to the time of commencing such extra work. If such method of payment cannot be agreed upon prior to the beginning of the work, then such work shall be performed by the Contractor on the basis of furnishing labor and material at costs and labor rates in effect at the time the work is accomplished. A labor burden of twenty percent (20%) of the total wages paid shall be allowed to cover workmen's conpensatim, unemployment insurance, public ` liability insurance, health and welfare, and all other unemployment insurance or miscellaneous costs on work performed directly by the Contractor. An additional allowance of fifteen percent (15%) shall be alinwed to cover profit, superintendence, and general expense on the total of lal,or and materials, including labor burden on work performed by the Contractor. On subcontract work the allowance to the Contractor for profit, superintendence, and general expense shall be ten percent (10%) of -he subcontractor's bill for such work performed. A breakdown of the Contractor's costs involved in any approved extra work shall be submitted to the Engineer within thirty (30) days after sail extra work has been performed. No payment will be made for e:ttra work billed and submitted to the Engineer after the thirty (30) day period has ex;ired. No extra work shall be performed by the Contractor, except in an emergency endangering, life or property, unless in pursuance of a written order, as provided in Article B-3. F-u. Final Pavment. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall notify the Engme� er in writing, that he has completed his part of the Contract and shall inquest finai payment. When the work has been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer, he shall submit a certificate of acceptance of the completed work, together with a final estimate of the amount due the Contractor under this Contract, less any 'mount to be withheld by the Owner to insure guarantees, as may be provided in the Special Pro- visions. Upon approval of this final estimate by the Owner and receipt by the Owner of the signed affidavit or release recuired under Article D-16, and within ten (10) days after the time limit for the f!.ling of all liens shay- have expired and after receipt of the tax cowiss,oner's certificate, the Owner shall pay to the Contractor all monies remain',ng due him under the provisions of these Contract Documents, Gen. Cond. -17- W 0 However, on contracts for public works construction within the State of Washington, final payment of the retained percentage will not be made until thirty (30) days after final acceptance by the Owner. After the expiration of the thirty 00) day period, and after receipt of the tax commission's certificate, the mserve in excess of a sum sufficient to discharge the taxes certified as due or to become due by the tax commission, an.. t7• claims of me erialman and laborers who have filed their claims, togethe• with a sum sufficient to defray the cost of foreclosing the liens Of such claims, and to pay attorneys' fees, shall be paid to the Contractor. The provisions of this article shall supersede any other conflicting pre- visions on contracts for public work construction. Final payment shall be made in accordance with R.C.M. Chapter 60.28 and R.C.W. Chapter 60.28.010, as last amended by Chapter 238, laws of 1963. Furthermore, on all contracts for the construction, reconstruction, main inane, or repair of any public work in the State of Washington, except Federal projects, final payment will not be made to the Contractor until he files with the Owner a signed affidavit of wages paid, certifying that he has paid not .less than the prevailing rate of wages as required by Washington R.C.W. 39.12.030 and R.C.W. 39.12.040 as set forth in the Special Provisions. F-S. Materials Delivered to the Jobsite Sut Not Inco rated )n the Work. Monthly progress payments wil inc u e compensation .or materia n rece vied on the site during the pay eeriod but not incorporated in the work, providing they am properly stored and protected and the Contractor submits to the Em,ineer, in writing, seven (7) days prior to the and of each pay period, a list, with costs supported by invoices from suppliers for such materials on the job for which the Contractor feels credit is dl,e. Payments for material delivered to the site and not incorporated in the work during the pay period shall be understood to be advance payments for the Contractor's convenience. Final payment will be made only for materials actually incorporated in the work. Upon acceptance of the work, all materials stored on the site for which advance payments have been made, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing, shall revert to the Contractor and all remaining advance payments on materials shall be deducted from the final payment for the work. Advance payments by the Owner for materials on the site, but not in- corporated in the work, shall not be considered as acceptance by the owner and shall not relieve the Contractor from his responsibilities. eeke Gen. Cond. -18- W SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS Foreword: The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and equip- ment accessary or required to complete the work in all respects as shown on the Plans and as hereinaf•er specified, or both. The numbering system employed in these Special Specifications is used throughout the Contract Documents. Each section 1s divided, where applicable, into A. Scope; B, Materials; C, Workmananip; and D. Payment. This method is employed to facilitate the work of the Contractor in preparing his Proposal and in following the Speciai Speci- fications during the construction. • When references to the following capitalized abbreviations are made, they refer to Specifications, Standards, or Methods of the respective national association. Abbreviations listed herein but not mentioned In the Special Specifications -hall be disregarded. AASHO American Association of State Highway Officials AIEE American Institute of Electrical Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials ASA American Standards Association AWA American Water Works Association AWS American Welding Society AWPA American Wood Preservers' Association CBMA Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association DFPA Division For Product Approval of the American Plywood Association IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association RLM RLM Standards Institute, Inc. UL Underwriters' -aboratories, Inc. The numbers and letters following the abbreviation& denote the Association's serial designation for the Specification or Standard to which reference is made. All references to the above Specifications, Standards, or Methods shall, in each instance, be understood to refer to the latest adopted revision, including all amendments, Standard Specifications when referred to herein, excepr the above, are found at the end of the Special Specifications. Sp. Specs. -I- -I- 1. CLEARING AND PREPARATION OF SITE A. SCOPE. This section covers the work necessary for the clearing and preparation of the site. C. kORR.4ANSHIP. The Contractor's construction facilities shall be set up in a nest and orderly manner within the area adjacent to the work and at the location of his choice, subject to approval by the Engineer. All temporary work required under this section shall be in accordance with the applicable portions of the Special Specifications, except as otherwise approved by the Engineer. All roots, brush, and other waste materials cleared ft= the site shall be hauled .'ram the Owner's property, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall visit the site with the Engineer and Owner prior to start of work In order that areas where the Contractor's work must be rratricted may be pointed out and staked as necessary. O. PAYMENT. Payment for this section will be included as a part of the lump sum bid. •ERR Sp. Space. 1 - 1 -2- 2. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. SCOPE. This section covers the work necessary for excavation and Sackfill. B. MATERIALS. EXCAVATION for the work will be classified as common. CRUSHED ROCK for gravel surfacing shall be 3/4-inch minus conforming to Section 23 of the Standard Specifications of the State of Washington Department of Highways. PEA GRAVEL for pipe bedding of concrete pipe and fill in the pipe zone shall be 3/4-inch, hard, curable, and free of clay balls, roots, trash, and extraneous materials. A 4-inch layer of gravel bedding shall be placed under the pipe. GRAVEL FOR FOUNDATION under the concrete pump vault and meter pit shall be 1-Inch minus pit-run, free from mud balls, roots, and other organic matter. Gravel shall contain enough fines to permit compaction. The Contractor shall submit samples of gravel to the Engineer for approval prior to delivery of the material to the site. C. WORKMANSHIP. GENERAL EXCAVATION. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description, regardless of the character, nature, or condition of material encountered, as specified herein, shown on the Plans, or required to accomplish the construction. LIMITS OF LXCAVATION. All excavations shall be made to the required depth with proper allowance made for forms and working space. Every effort shall be made to carry excavations for the bottoms of footings and slabs no deeper than the elevations shown on the Plans. Where footings are intended to be placed on undisturbed ground and the excavation 1s carried below the grade lines as shown, the overexcavated depth shall be replaced with thoroughly compacted gravel at the Contractor's expense. The Con- tractor shall perform all miscellaneous excavation required to complete the construction. The method used by the Contractor to perform the exca- vation is optional. TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. Trench excavation and backflll shall be performed as required for the installation of piping, utilities, and appurtenances, and shall be done in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Trench Excavation and Backfill, bound herewith, exetpc as modified herein. The item numbers that folloav -der to the item numbers of the Standard Specifications, and the changes or additions modify the respective paragraphs: Sp. Specs. 2 - 1 -3- C-14.b, CLASS C RACKPILL. The backfill for trench excavation above the pipe tone shall be Class C, except those portions over which roads are to be constructed or structures built. C-14.c. CLASS D BACKFILL. Class D backfill shall be used for trenches under structures and a distance of 5 feet outside, trenches under areas to be surfaced, and trenches in areas on which concrete slabs are to be constructed and as otherwise directed by the Engineer, and shall be compacted as specified in these Special Specifications. SNORING. The Contractor shall furnish and install all shoring, bracing, and sheeting required to support adjacent earth banks or structures and for the protection and safety of all personnel working in the excava- tions. Shoring provided for the excavations of the structure and for the trenches shall concorm to C-8 of the Standard Specifications for Trench Excavation and Backfill bound herewith. DEWATERING EXCAVATIONS. Excavations and trenches shall oe completely dewatered by equipment furnished and operated by the Contractor. All water shall be removed during periods when concrete is being deposited, when pipe is being laid, or other work is being done, during the placing of backfill, and at such other times as required for efficient and satisfactory construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing adequate dewatering equipment and operating such equipment to keep the groundwater level down to permit the construction. Water pumped out of the excavations shall be disposed of in a manner that will not damage the Owner's property or adjacent property. BACEFILL AROUND CONCRETE STRUCTURES shall be selected excavated material and shall not be done until the concrete has obtained sufficient strength; it shall then be placed carefully so as not to damage or endanger the concrete structure. Mechanical equipment shall not be operated within 10 feet of walls during the backfilling operation, except as otherwise specified. Where earth backfill can be placed by mechanical equipment, it shall be spread in 6-inch layers and compacted by heavy tractors and other effective compacting equipment approved by the Engineer. Where earth backfill cannot be placed by mechanical equipment, such as against walls and around footings, it shall be placed in 6-inch layers and compacted by hand--operated mechanical tampers or by a vibratory compactor of the type specified hereinafter. All compaction shall be made to a density equal to that of _ the adjacent undisturbed ground, unless otherwise directed. In general, a minimum of two passes of the vibratory compactor will be required. GRAVEL shall be placed under all footings —,d slabs on tha ground and at other locations indicated on the Plans. The depth of gravel fill shall be not less than that indicated on the Plans. All gravel fill indicated on the Plans shall be compacted with a vibratory compactor of the type specified Sp. Specs. 2 - 2 -4- hereinafter and shall be compacted to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In general, a minimum of two passes of the vibratory compactor will be required and shall be compacted to 95 percent of maximum density as determined by AASHO T 99. VIBRATORY COMPACTOR. The vibratory compactor shall be a self- propelled machine that compacts granular material by a combinatloo of weight, vibration, and impact, similar and equal to the Jackson Manually Guided Vibratory Compactor, as manufactured by Jackson Vibrators, Inc., of Ludington, flichigan. At each depth where vibratory compacting is specified, two passes over the backfilled material shall be made with the compactor at a speed not exceeding 60 linear feet per minute. A pass of the machine shall consist of one complete trip over the backfilled a, terial with a 1- to 2- inch overlap on the previously compacted area. ROUGH GRADING. Excess excavation not required for backfill shall be removed from the site. The Contractor shall perform all excavation required to bring the surface of the ground to the finished grades sham on the Plans. PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE. The subgrade under the gravel surfacing shall be brought to a true grade with approved equipment. The subgrade shall be compacted to a condition satisfactory to the Engineer. CRUSHED ROCK shall be spread over the entire area to be surfaced in such a manner to prevent segregation of size and to such depth that, when compacted, the thickness shall be a minimum of 6 inches and the surface grade shall be as shown on the plans. The rock base shall be rolled while damp with a power roller weighing at least 5 tons, until the course is thoroughly and uniformly compacted and its surface is smooth. The rolled surface shall conform to the grade and slope shown on the Plans. D. PAYMENT. Payment for this section will be included as part of the lump sum bid. •#eR Sp. Specs. - 3 -5- 1. BAR REINFORCING STEEL A. SCOPE. This section covers the work necessary for the reinforcing steel and accessories complete. B. MATERIALS. All reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements for reinforcing steel as set forth in the Standard Specifications for Reinforced Concrete, bound herewith. C. WORKMANSHIP. The fabrication and placing of the reinforcing steel ;hall conform Sn all respects to the Standard Specifications for Reinforced Concrete, bound herewith, unless otherwise shown on the Plans or specified. Where necessary to cut bars for pipe or openings and where not shown otherwise, an equivalent area of steel shall be placed around the pipe or opening and extended on each side sufficient to develop bond in each bar, k'here the Contractor desire$ to locate construction joints at points not shown on the Plans, he may do so subject to the approval of the Engineer. The reinforcing steel shall be detailed accordingly, except where more construction joints than are shown on the Plans are desired by the Contractor, in which case the extra cost of steel to provide splices at these additional construction joints shall be borne by the Contractor, and no additional cost shall be paid by the Owner. O. PAYMENT. Payment for this section will be included as part of the lump sum bid. ffiR Sp. Specs. 3 - I -b- E - 4. CONCRETE A. SCOPE. This section covers the work necessary for the concrete, complete. B. MATERIALS. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Materials shall conform to the Standard Specifications for Reinforced Concrete, bound herewith, except as heteinafter modified. The item numbers that follow refer to the item numbers of the Standard Specifications, and the changes or additions modify and supplement the respective paragraphs. B-3. AGGREGATE. Naximun; size of coarse aggregate for each mix design shall be as sham in 'fable 1. B-5.a. NONSHRINRING TYPE (GROUT). Form tie holes shall be patched with nonshrinking grout proportioned and mixed as specified herein. B-7 FORMS. Plywood for forms of surfaces exposed to view in the finished structure shall be new material. 8-10. ASPHALT. Not required. B-11. POURED RUBBER-ASPHALT JOINT SEALING MATERIAL. No: required. 8-12. PREMOLDEA JOINT FILLER. Not required. B-13. STEEL WATERSTOP F0 GONSTRUCTION JOINTS. As sham on the Plans. B-14. COPPER WeTERSTOP, Not required 8-15. RUBBER WATERSTOP. Not required. B-16. LABYRINTH WATERSTOP. Not required. 8-17. PLASTIC WATERSTOP. Not required 8-18. FLOOR HARDENER (SURFACE APPLIED). Not required. LOCAL MATERIALS. It is intended that local materials for concrete be used insofar as practicable. The proportions and general design of the concrete mixture and the cement content given in Table 1 hereinafter are suitable for the use of materials available in the vicinity of Renton, Washington, and are based upon use of local aggregates. Other sources of materials mac• be used. This statement does not relieve the Contractor from the requirements of the Standard Specifications for Reinforced Concrete, as to quality, even though some local materials may not meet these Standards. Sp. Specs. 4 - 1 -7- C• I:CNiIL��cHtP, STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. workmanship shall conform to the Standard Specifications for Reinforced Concrete, hounu herewith, except as hereinafter modified. The item numbers which follow refer to the item numbers in the referenced Standard Specifications, and the changes or additions modify and supplement the respective paragraphs. C-l.b. PROPORTIONS. All concrete used in the Construction shall deve.cp a minimum 28-day ccmpressive strength of 3,000 psi. The price for 3,000 psi concrete shall be based on a cement content of 5-1/2 sacks per cubic yard. As noted in Table 1, Porzolith 8 (Improved) will be used in all concrete, added at the rate of 1/4 pound per sack of cement. In the event that cement in excess of that indicated in Table 1 is necessary to produce concrete of the indicated strength or workability, the cement factor shall be in.reased as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall receive extra compensation for the additional cement so used in accordance with the provisions of Article F-3 of the General Conditions. In the event that cement less than that indicated in Table 1 Is sufficient to produce con.rete of the indicated strength or workability, the Engineer may order a reduction of the Contract price. This reduction In price shall be made at the same unit price ad3ustmen• as would apply if additional cement were required. Before beginning any concrete work, the Contractor shall have the concrete mixes designed and the proper proportions of the various ingredients determined as specified hereinafter. The mix designs shall be prepared at the Contractor's expense by a recognized inspection and testing laboratory approved by the Engineer, and shall show the expected strengths and corresponding slumps and all ingredient weights and other physical properties necessary to check the design mix. The mix design shall be checked by the laboratory by the prepa- ration of trial batches. Four standard test cylinders shall be cast, cured, and tested from each trial batch, as specified for the job concrete. Certified copies of all laboratory reports, sating whether the items reported pass Specifica- tions, shall be sent promptly to the Engineer directly frog. the testing laboratory. lip concrete shall be poured until the mixes to be used have been approved ',y the Engineer. In the event that the Contractor has mix designs in current use that conform to the requirements of Table 1, said mix designs may be submitted in lieu of the above requirements, along with copies of certified laboratory results on test cylinders utilizing those mix designs Sp. Specs. 4 - 2 -8- TABLE 1 ,he mixes shall be designed to meet the following requirements: All Concrete Estimated 28-day compressive strength (psi) 3,000 Cement factor (sacks of cement per cubic yard) 5-1/2 Possolith 8 (Improved) added (per sack of cement) (lbs.) 0.25 Maximum water per 94-lb. sack of cement (gallons) 5-1/2 Fine aggregate, percentage total aggregate by weight (range) 35-45 Slump range (inches) 2-4 Maximum size coarse aggregate (Inches) 1-1/2 Entrained air content ($ by volume) 3-5 (Strength determinations will be made as specified under C-8 of this referenced Standard.) In addition to the strength requirements indicated above, the concrete shall be dense and impermeable. C-l.e WATER CONTENT AND SLUMP RANGE. All concrete shall be placed with a slump not greater than 4 inches, unless a greater slump is directed by the Engineer. C-2.b. VOLUMETRIC MEASUREMENT shall not be used. C-3.g. AIR-LNTRAINING ADMIXTURE shall be used for all concrete, unless exc.ption is specifically approved or directed by the Engineer. The amount and type of admixture used shall be compatible with the use of Pozzolith 8 (Improved). l 4. FORMS. The pump vault walls shall be poured against plywood, steel, or plywood-faced form panels. Pauels shall be properly cleaned after each use and properly aligned and braced prior to start of the pour. Sufficient strong mocks, and braces shall be used to insure dimensional tolerances within acceptable limit A. All snap ties shall be provided with waterstops and 5/8-inch breakback cones, and shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. The roofa shall be poured against plywood forms. Sp. Specs 4 - 3 -9- C-5. CONSTRUCTION AND EXPANSION JOINTS. During the concrete pour around the waterstop, the half which i being embedded in the concrete shall be rigidl; supported in an approved manner so that the final position of the va_erstop will be In a straight line. Concrete being plated around the waterstops shall be well vibrated in order to obtain impervious concrete in the vicinity of all joints. The method of installation of the waterstop and the method to hold the waterstop in proper position during and after the pouring of concrete shall be approved by the Engineer before the concrete pour is begun. No horizontal ccnstruction joints In the walls will be permitted. The location and construction of all vertical construction joints shall be approved by the Engineer and waterstop will be required. C-6.1b. FABRICATION. Steel reintorcemea- ur::vings and bending lists shall be submitted in quadruplicate as specified in Article C-8 of the General Conditions. C-7.11. DEPOSITING IN COLD wEA'1'1II.R. 113 use of calcium chloridq or a high-early strength Potzolith will not be permitted. C-9.b. PATCHING. The patching mixtu�c shall be proportioned as set forth in Article B-5 of -se Standard Specifications. C-9.d. ORDINARY WALL FINISH. All surfaces poured against formwork shall have an ordinary wall finish with the following exception: The exposed vertical surface of walla and roofs shall have a Class 1 rubbed finish, as specified in IDNOLITHIC FINISH. The floor slab of the pump vault and roof slab surfaces Shall be given a monolitl.lc finish. C-10. CURING OF CONCRETE, concrete shall be cured by tho application of sufficient water to +eep the concrete surfaces continuously vet for the :clfied ',-day period. Alternate wetting a.id mirk of the concrete will not be permitted. Curing compounds will not be permitted. HARDENER APPLICATION. Not required, C-13. GROUTING MACHINERY FOUNDATIONS. Not requires. D. PAYMENT. Payment for this section will be included as part of the lump sum bid. fae� Sp. Specs. 4 - 4 -10- PIPE AND FITTINGS A_ SCOPE. This section covers the work necessary for all pipe and fittings complete, including testing and sterilization. B. MATERIALS. CAST IRON PIPE shall be flanged pipe except where otherwise shown on the Plans, and shall be Class 250 conforming to the Standard Specifications for Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings and Ductile Ito- Pipe bound herewith, and shall be thin cement-mortar lined and seal-coated to accordacce with ASA Specification A 21.4. Screwed flanges will be acceptable. CAST IRON FITTINGS shrll be Class 250, mechanical join or flanged fittings as indicated or. the Plans, conforming to the applicable parts of the Standard Specifications for Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings and Ductile Iron Pipe, bound herewith. Short body cast iron fittings confotming to ASA '121.10 will be acceptable. GASKETS shall conform to D-2.a. of the Standard Specifications for Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings and Ductile Iron Pipe, bound herewith. MECHANICAL COUPLINGS shall be Dresser cast couplings, Style 53, as manufactured by the Dresser Manufacturing Company, San Francisco, California, for cast iron pipe with center stop removed, or as approved. Bolts and nuts shall be galvanized and suitable for working pressure of 175 psi. FLANGLI) COUPLING ADAPTERS shall be Smith-Blair Type 912 (through 12") and 'type 9:- (14" an, larger), c- as rpproved. Coupliog adaptera and anchor studs shall b- suitable for working pressure of 175 psi. (ALV'ANIZED PIPF NO FITTINGS shall he standard weight gal•:±nixed steel pipe conforming to a 'M A 120 with ralvanlzrd malleable fittings. CONCRETE DRAIN PIPING. The 4-inch drain from the pump vault shall be extra strong bell-end-spigot concrete pipe with rubber gasket type joints and shall conform to ASTM C 14. Rubber gasket type joints shall be Brant, Tylox, Press-Seal type, or as approved, and shall conform to ASTM ,; 443. CONCRETE PIPE for pump oases and meter pit shall conform to ASTM C 76. C. WORKMANSHIP. TRENCH EXCAVATION AN, BACKPILL for installing, the cast iron pipe and fittings are specified in ,.ectien 2. CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS shall be as indicated on the Plans and in accordance with all applicable requirementslty of Section C, Workmanship, of the Standard Specifications for Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings and Ductile Iron Pipe, bound herewith, except as hereinafter modified. Sp. Specs. 5 - 1 -1i- FLANGED CAST IRON PIPE shall be furnished and installed as shown on the Plans. The flanges shall be thoroughly cleaned by washing or other approved method. The pipe shai. be carefully aligned any 'aces brought together so that the bolt holes are lined up. The gaskets shall be inserted and bolts slipped in place. Bolts shall be drawn up gradually alternately across the di meter so that the tension is equal and the faces of the flanges are in close contac* over the ettire area. MECHANICAL JOINT CAST TRON PIPE AND FITTINGS shall be connected as specified under C-4 of the Standard Specifica- tions for Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings and Ductile Iron Pipe. MECHANICAL COUPLINGS AND F.-1NGED COUPLING ADAPTERS shall be provided where indicated on the Plans and shalt be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by toe Engineer. They shall be tested when the tests on the adjacent cast iron pipe are made. in the event the mechanical couplings or flanged coupling -.dapters do not pass the requirements of the leakage tests, the couplings shall be removed and reassembled on Elie pipe, and the leakage test shall be repeated. GALVAI.IZED PIFISG shall be reamed, cleaned, and free from burrs befure maki, . up and shall be made with an approved joint compound. CONCRETE DRAIN PIPING shall be laid in a trench to the line and grade shown on the Pla s or established by the Engineer. Ende of the concrete pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned and rubber gaskets shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Backf111 around the pipe is specified under Section 2. PRESSURE TEST AND STERILIZATION, All Cast iron pipe that will be subject to pressure in the o,,erating system shall he tested to 260 psi in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings and Ductile Iron Pipe, bound herewith. All leaks disclosed by the tests shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the tests repeated until the system meets with the test re,uirements. The Contractor shall provide satisfictory temporary thrust blocking and necessary eud caps or plugs as required for testing. The temporary thrust blocking provided shall be adequate to withstand the strain of testing,. All pipe joint& shall be exposed for the duration of the pressure test. All pipe shall be sterilized in accordance with the Standard Speci cations for Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings and Ductile Iron Pipe, bound herewith. D. PAYMENT Payment for this section will be incladed as part of the lump am bid. •MH .p. Specs. S - 2 -12- 6. VALVES AND miscELl.ANE0U5 SPECIALTIES A. SCOPE, This section covers the work necessary for all valves and miscellaneous specialties. B. MATERIALS. All materials shall new, first quality, and free from de Lcrioration or defects zristng from storage, transit, or other handling. GATE VALVES 4" AND LARGER shall be iron body, double-disc., parallel seat, bronze-mounted, NRS valves with 0-ring seals, and shall con. ;tm to AWWA C500. Ends shall be flanged and drilled ASA 250-poun4 standard. All valves shall have the manufacturer's initials, pressure rating, and year of manufacture test in the body. GATE VALVE, 1-INCH, associated with the 1-inch air release valve, shall be NRS, wedge disc, all brass or bronze, screwed, suitable for 175 psi working pressure, and similar to Crane do 437 and approved by 0, dngineer. BUTTERFLY VALVES shall be rubber-seated flanged end valves, bubble tight shutoff, .itable for 175 prig working pressure with 260 prig minimum test pressure. The length of the valves shall be suitable for satisfactory operation when attached directly to the check valves specified below ano as shown on the Plans. %'elves shall have cast iron body, cast iron on cast bronze disc, high-tensile or stainless steel shaft, uronze or nylon bearings, and natural gum or Buna N rubber seats. Each butterfly valve shall be designed for smooth flow characteristic3 and shall be furnished with hanc wheel operators complete with handwheel. Valves shell '.e manufactured by Dresser or as approved. CHECK VALVES shall be horizontal swing type, non-slanging, iron b^dy, bronze-mounted, with flanged ends. Main shaft shall he stainless steel with outside spring and lever on both sides. Valves shall be suitable for 175 psi working pressure and shall be Rensselaer List 340, as manufactured by the Ludlow Valve Manufacturing Company, Inc., Troy, New York, and approved by the Engineer. AIR RELEASE VALVES shall be direct or lever acting with cant. iron body, stainless steel float, bronze trim, and suitable for 175 psi working pressure and 260 paig minimum test pressure. .Alves shall be 1-inch no. 200-A as manufactured by the Valve and Primer Corporation, or similar and approved by the Engineer. SURGE RELIEF VALVE shall be a hydraulically-operated, pilot-controlled, dfapnragm type with rapid opening and adjustable closing speeds. The valve shall act to prevelt upstrea+ pressures from exceeding appr,xfmat,.!y no psi. the pilot control shall be a lirect-acting, adjustable, spring-loaded, diaphragm valve designed to permit flow when controlling pressure exceeds spring setting. The pilot control system shall operate such that as .case line pressure is dissipated, the main valve shall gradually close t, n positive, drip-right Seating. The surge relief valve shall be 6-inch size, 25n-Pound ASA flanged, Clayton No. 50, pilot-controlled valve, only as manufactured by the Cla-Val Company, Newport Beach, California. Sp. Specs. 6 - 1 -13- PRESSURE GAUGES shall be Ashcroft Duragauge or as approved with 4-1/2-inch dial grado•ted from 0 to 700 psi at 5 psi intervals. GAUGE COCKS shall be 1/4-inch bronze, similar to Crane No. 744. FUME C-kSKETS. Gasket ra arial for flanged joints shall be sheet rubber conforming to Federal Specification HH-G-156c, Class A or Class B, 1/lb-inch thick, unless otherwise specified in these Special Specifications.The gasket shall be full-cut, with holes to pass bolts. Casket caterial shall be free from corrosive alkali or acid ingredient. The Contractor shall furnish all flange bolts and gaskets for the valves. C. WORXHA.FSHIP. INSTALLATION OF VALVL3. Before installation, valves shill be carefully cleaned of all foreign materiel. Stuffing boxes shall 1- adjusted and valves inspected in both open and closed positions. The locations for the particular valves are indicated an the Plans. Valves shall be installed In strict accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer as approved. Unless otherwise directed, valves shall be set with the stem truly vertical, as indicated on the Plans. Special valves shall be adjusted for satisfactory operation after installation. All valves shall be so mounted as to provide adequate clearance for operation. TESTING. Valves and gauges shall be tested In conjmretion with the testing of the adjacent pipe, or as otherwise directed Sy the Engineer. D. PAYMNT. Payment for this section will be included as part of the lump sum bid. etaf Sp. Specs. 6 - 2 -14- 7___FLOW METER AND RECORDER A. SCOFF. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and icstall the flow weter and recorder complete, including cleaning and testing the equipment. B. MATERIALS. CE`IERAL. The material and equipment furnished and installed by the Contractor shall be first-quality, new, full-size and weight, free from any Defects, in first-class condition, and standard in every respect, Storage and handling of all materials shall be done such that at all times they are protected against loss or damage. As soon as practi,able, and vithin 30 days after the date of notice to proceed and before commencement of installation or fabrication of any materials or equipment, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval four (4) copies (minimum) of complete, descriptive Information for the flow meter and recorder, in accordance with the General Conditions. FLOW METER. The meter shall be propeller type, furnished complete with tube and suitable for a working pressure of 175 psi and a minimum test pressure of 260 prig. Meterhead shall be furnished with propeller mounted transversely in the center of the meter tube. The transmission shall be completely sealed from the water pressure and shall be magnetically operated. Meter shall be furnished with six-digit straight reading totalizer reading in gallons together with rate of flow indicating dial reading in gpm and shall be suitable for attaching remote recording equip- ment. Meter shall be suitable for normal flows between 350 and 5,700 Rpm. Meter to register within two percent (2:) of the true flow of water at all flows above the minimum rating. Maximum flow through meter and corresponding pressure loss shall be stated, The meter shall be factory tested for accuracy and certified calibration data shall be submitted to the Engineer. The meter shall be Sparling-Masterflo Type 907. INDICATOR-TOTALIZER RECORDER. The flow recorder shall he an indicating-totalizing-recording instrument, complete with an electric transmission unit su"able for operation from the flow meter specified above. The transmitter shall be mounted on the meter and, by mans of a 3-wire, 110-120 volt control, transmit electrical impulses to the indicator-totalizer-recorder. The indicating-totalizing-recording unit shall be of the strip chart type suitable for flush mounting In the motor control center. The instrument chart shall be not leas than 4-inches vide "a shall be for 60-day recording graduated from 0 to 6,000 gpm. A separate linear flow-indicating scale shall be furnished of the direct reading type with uniform graduations in gallons per minute and millions of gallons per day. A 6-digit totalizer of the straight reading type shall be incorpor- ated within the instrument. The instrument shall he furnished with all necessary brackets, holes, connections, and a one-year supply of charts and ink. The indicator-totalizer-recorder shall be Sparling Type 219, or as approved. Color shall be black. Sp. Specs 7 - 1 -15- NAMEPLA' The flew recorder shall be identified on the motor control center by an engraved rigid black laminated plastic nameplate with 3/16-inch minimum white letters. Nameplate inscription shall be as requested by the Engineer. C. WORKMANSHIP. FLOW METER. The flow meter shall be installed In the meter pit as shown on the Plans and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommen- dations as approved. INDICATOR-TOTALIZER-RECORDER, The flow recorder shall be installed in the motor control center as shown on the Plans and in accordance with the manufacturer's cow.endations as approved and Section 11 of these Special Specifications. D. PAYMENT. Payment for the flow meter and recorder installed as specified in this section complete and in pperating condition will be included as part of the lump sum bid. RRRR Sp. Specs. 7 - 2 -16- 8. FABRICATED METALWORK A. SCOPE. This section covers the work necessary for the fabricated metalwork complete. H. MATERIALS. STEEL AND IRON CASTINGS. Steel shall conform to ASTM A 7, ur A 36 except as otherwise specified; iron castings shall conform to ASTM A 48 (Class 20, unless otherwise specified). • ROOF HATCH AND COVERS shall be fabricated of aluminum conforming 1n quality to Alcoa Alloy 6061-T6, or as approved, with minimur thickness of tread plate 3/8-inch. The plate shall be as shown on the Plans and reinforced with aluminum structural shapes to form a rigid, substantial hatch cover. The hatch covers shall be constructed at that they will be weatherproof and shall be equipped with locking bolts. COVER PLATES for the future pumps shall be fabricated of aluminum conforming in quality to Alcoa Alloy 6061-T6, or as approved, with minimum thickness of tread plate 3/8-inch. V.- plate shall be as shown on the Plans and provided with four welded locatint v.. ls to prevent mo Dement. STEEL GRATING WALKWAY AI:D FRAME shall be Bustin Firm-Grip Type B or as approved. The pipe ladders and handrails shall be Schedule 40 pipe. All materials shall be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. All welds shall be ground moth. Field welds will not be permitted. HOLLOW METAL DOUR shall be 16-gauge, full flush type, as manufactured by CenestrA, Inc., Detroit, Michtgan; or, Amweld Building Products, Niles, Ohio; or as approved. Size and door style shall conform with the information on the Plane. Frame shall be 16-gauge pressed steel with a baked-on primer coat. Cutouts and reinforcements shall be provided for all hardware. Reinforcements shAll be welded to frames. Sill anchors shall be provided for fastening frames to floor and three adjustable anchors per jamb. Door and frame shall be bonderized and furnished with one shop coat of the manufacturer's standard baked-on rust-inhibiting paint. HARDWARE FOR DOORS shall be provided as shown on the Plans. Equivalent products as manufactured by Schla Eck Company may be substituted, subject to the approval o. a Engineer. MISCELLANEOUS IRON AND STEEL ITEMS indicated on the Plans, or as required to complete the work, shall be furnished and instaJ.led as herein specified. The following tabulation inclr.des the major items required, but it is not to be construed as all-inclusive as the Contractor will be required to furnish all fabricated metalwork shown in the Plans or specified or o�l tously needed to insure proper completion of the wotk. EXTERIOR HANDRAILS shall be Schedule 40 pipe, hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. Sp. Specs. 8 - 1 -17- ANCHOR BOLTS not included under other sections shall be galvanized bolts with hex nuts and shall be of the diameter and length shown or required. TIE DOWN STRAPS for steel piping shall conform to ASTM A 7 and shall be as shown on the Flans. THRUST-TIES shall conform to ASTM A 7 and shall be as shows on the Plans. FLOOR DRAIN GRATES shall be cast iron similar to Olympic Foundry Co. No. 3350 or as approved, suitable for placing in the bell end of a 4" bell-and-spigot concrete pipe. WATERPROOF MANHOLE COVER AND RING shall be cast iron similar to Olympic Foundry Co. No. 5791 or as approved. HOT-DIP GALVANIZED FINISH for steel products shall conform to ASTM A -;86 or ASTM A 123 as applicable. All fabricated metalwork shall be fuzmishad with a hot-dip galvanized finish, except aluminum items. C. WORRMAtiSHIP. SUBMISSION OF SHOP DRAWINGS. Prior to ordering fabrication of any steel or aluminum work, the Contractor shall submit to the En,Sineer for approval complete shop drawings and erection diagrams of the work in accordance with the provisions of Article C-8 of the General Conditions. FABRICATION. Workmanship and finish of all metalwork specified under this section shall be of the highest grade and equal to the best practice of modern shops for the respective work. Exposed surfaces shall have smooth finish and sharp, well-defined lines; all necessary rabbets, lugs, and brackets shall be provided so the work can be assembled in a neat, substantial manner. Connections shall be welded except where bolting or riveting is shown. WELDING shall be done by skilled operators. The technique welding employed, appearance and quality of welr• wade, and the methods of correcting defective work shall conform to the Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction of the American Welding Society and to the Standard Specifications of the American Institute of Steel Construction, as applicable. Surfaces to be welded shall be clean and free from loose scale, rust, grease, paint, and other foreign material, except that mill scale which will witl,stand vigorous wire brushing may remain. A light film of linseed oil may likewise be disregarded. No welding shall be done when the temperature of the base metal is lower than 0 degrees F. Finished members shall be true to line and free from twists. INSTALLATION. Fabricated metalwork shall be installed zn accordance with the Plans, approved shop drawings, and these Special Specifications. The completed inftallations shall be rigid and substantial and neat in appearance. Comm 'al manu'actured products shall be installed in sttict accordance wito . .: maaufacturer's recommendations, as approve) by the Engineer. All anchor bolts shall be accurately set in the concrete forms by the use of Sp. Specs. 8 - 2 -18- templates or other approved methods. All fabricated items shall be securely bolted in place or otherwise secured 'n an approved manner. HOLLOW lMIAL DOOp . The steel frame shall be set plumb and in true alignment, and the Joints between the frame and the walls completely .aulked by we of an approved commercial caulking compound. Hardware shall factory-fitted and applied to the doors in the field in a neat secure .anner. Door shall be hung in its frame so that it eeings freely without sticking or binding and without an excessive amount of play. Joints bec.een the door frame and concrete wall shall be completely caulked by use of an approved commercial caulking compound. After completion of the work, the hardware shall be checked anu readjusted if necessary to insure satisfactory operation. D. PAYMM. Payment for this section will be includes as part of the imp am bid. asss Sp. Specs. g - 3 -19- 9. VERTICAL TURBINE PLITS A.NO MOTORS A_. SCOPE. 'phis ction covers the work necessary for two vertical turbine can' type pumps, cacplete with electric motors. Rotor starting equipment will be provided under Section 11. Provision has been made in the Proposal form for the submission of separate bids for the two vertical turbine pores and motors. INFUMMON TO BE FURNIShEU. Prior to the bid opening, pump manufacturers quoting equipment for consideration in this project shall submit to the Engineer, the information -equired by the Pump uata Sheets 1 and 2, at the end of this Item, together with performance guarantees, illustrative drawings, curates of performance, and information accurately describing the vertical turbine pumps. The data sheets of the manufacturer's equipment selecte_' will become a part of the Contract Documents as tully as if the sar..e were completely set forth herein. No equipment will be considered for approval after the specified date. The equipment shall he fully guaranteed against faulty materials or workmanship for a period of one year from the date of final payment in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions. DEFINITIONS. TOTAL HEAD. Total h-ad shall be defined for this purpose as .Ise head in feet at the div.,barge flange 1•sa the head in feet at the suctiun flange, OVERALL EFFICLENC'Y. Overall efficiency shall be combined efficiency for motor, pump, connecting shaft, and piping between the saction and discharge flanges covering the operating points givan. Nh 1R1. lire°5EPO4ER. The net braise Norscpower shall be defined as horsepower which is available at the motor shaft for operating the pump. SHOP DRANINCS. Certified chop drawings of the units to be supplied shall be furnlshed showing outline dimensions, overall height and length for the assembled pumps and drivers, and weights of components. The dit-nslons shall be furnished in sufficient detail to allow fabrication of the connecting piping. Ihese dimensions shall be such as to permit the pumps to be installed in the locations shown without modification of the installation design, except brat minor changes In dimeosions of the puce foundation blocks may be made if necessary to accommodate a specific unit. MW SELECTION. The information required above will be used to evaluate th= various proposals. This evaluation will include consideration of total construction cost to the Owner, electric power costs, constructior. details and materials, and maintenance. Power costs will be evaluated over 50,000 hours of operation at guarantee point at power coat of 5 mile per kwlr. Both pumps will selected from one mauufacturer. Sp. Specs. 9 - 1 -20- g. nATERIALS. The general design of tie pupping units furnished shall be the standards of the various manufacturers, except where otherwise specified. The design shall be such as to provide adequate strength of all parts for the specified duty. Materials and construction shall be free from defects and shall he those ordinarily used in the intended service, unless otherwise specified or directed in writing. The pumps and drivers shall be carefully cc-ordinated so as to operate as a compatible unit. VERTICAL TURBINE PUMPS. Lach pump shall be of the turbine type installed with a suction 'bad' with aboveground suction and discharge flanges. Flanges shall be faced and drilled, 250-pound ASA. The pumps shall conform In all respects to the requirements of ASA B58.1-1961 (AWWA E101-61) unless otherwise specified, The Contractor shall determine the necessary for either momentary or continuous upthrust protection. If continuous upthrust is encountered, it shall be taken by anti-friction bear+ngs designed for that purpose. The liquid to be pumps, is clear water. in addition, the pumps shall meet the following specific requirements: No. 1 Pump No. 2 PUmp A. Nominal Capacity 1,050 gpm at 300 feet 1.500 gpm at 320 feet total bead at rated total head at rated motor motor speed speed b. Performance Curve Continuously rising Continuously rising characteristic characteristic C. Maximum Lfficiency Approx. 1,050 gpm Approx. 1,500 gpm Point d. Maximum Shutoff 480 feet 480 feet Ilead Speed 1,800 rpm maximum 1,800 rpm maxi*,am f. Lubrication Water Water g. Shaft Seal Mechanical Mechanical h. Impellers Bronze or enameled Bronze or enameled cast cast icon iron 1. Bowlc Cast iron Cast Iron j. outboard Bearings Water lubricated or Water lubricated or permanently packed permanently packed k. Suction +nd S-inch, flanged, 10-inch, flanged, Discharge aboveground aboveground 1. Pump Shaft Material 416 SS 416 SS Sp. Specs. 9 - 2 -21- COAL-TAR ENAMEL COATING. The interior and exterior of each auction "cad' shall L given a coating of coal-tat primer and hot applied coal-tar enamel conforming to the requirements of AWWA C203-62. All metal shall be sandblasted to a white metal before prying. PAINTING. All submerged parts of the pumps shall be given one shop coat of Inertol No. 621 primer and one coat of Ine.,ol No. 49 thick. DRIVING MOTORS. Each motor shall be of the induction type conforming to the requirements of its respective pump and ASA Specification C50.2-1955. Motors shall be provided with part-winding starters as _ specified in See ion 11 of these Special Specifications. The physical size shall be such to fit within the space indicated on the Plans. The main thrust bearing shall be of such design that for the total load at the rated motor speed, its "Rating Life" shall be not lesv than the number of hours specified when raced by the standard method set up by the Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association. "Rating Life' is defined as the hours of operation at the rated speed which 90 percent of all bearings will complete or exceed before any perceptible sign of fatigue occurs. In addition, both motors shall meet the following specific requirements: a. Iype Alternating current, induction, suitable for part- winding starting. b. Rating 440-volt, 60-cycle, 3-phase C. Speed To match pump - 1,800 rpm maximum d. Horsepower Motor load shall not exceed rated hp at any head. L. Enclosure Drip-proof f. Insulation Clsss A or Class B K• Starting Method Part-winding h. Temperature Rise Max. 40 degrees C. above ambient at full load. 40 degrees C. above ambient - Class A Insulation. 61� degrees C. above ambient - Class B Insulation. i. luty Cycle Continuous .1. Beat-ogs Anti-friction, ball or roller, oil lubricated k. Ma bust 40,000 hours B, Life Sp. Specs. 9 - 3 -22- 1. Shaft Vertical, solid, or hollow shaft without nonreverae ratchet m. Standard Specifi- NENA cations n. Locked Rotor National Electric t'ode F, maximum Curreat C. WORKMANSHIP. INSTALLATION. The F—ps and drivers shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer . direction, these Special Specifications, and the Plans; and the installation shall be approved by the pump manu- facturer before It is operated. The pumping units shall be installed absolutely level and plumb, and the connections to the suction and discharge piping shall be without springing or otherwise forcing of either the pump or piping. Prior to grouting, the pump bases shall be leveled by means of steel wedges at not less than 4 points under the pump base. Wedges shall be mated to provide a horizontal surface both top and bottom and shall be spot-welded. All threads shall be carefully fitted and adequately coated with lubricant in order that removal of the pumps in the future will be facilitated. After the pump shafts have been determined to be absolutely plumb, the hAId-down bolts shall be tightened, and the space between the base plate and the supporting structure dry packed with a grout of 1 part cement and 2 parts Rand. the Contractor shall provide a steel base-plate for each pump as shown. The plate shall serve as an adapter to span the concrete pipe casing and is to be field-drilled to fit 3/4-inch ancho- bolts. Shop drawings shall be submitted by the Contractor for approval which show the anchor bolt hole spacing in the suction-discharge heads, the base-plates, and the method of attaching the base-plates to the pi rya, and all other details of the pump and motor installations. BALANCE. The rotating part f each pump and its driving motor shall be statically and dynamically br .iced before final assembly. The residual vibration amplitude of the motor shall o0t exceed that permitted by NEMA standards. There shall be no objectionable noise or vibration from any pump or motor when installed and operati, at any point above one-half the design capacity. Vibration shall be considered objectionable if measured amplitude ex:eeds 2 mile at an,, point of the pump or motor structures when the units are secured in place in a normal manner. TESTING. Factory tests, certified by the pump manufacturer's test representative, shall be performed on each pumping unit and written notice of the same shall be fur..ished to the Eng[ -or. Information required to be submitted after the tests is as shown on the Pump Data Sheet 2 included at the end of this item. Prior to acceptance of the pumping units, installed at the job site, the Contractor shall demonstrate proper operation of the pumps at the guarantee point, at which time data shall be taken on total head, flow, and horsepower requirements of each pump. The Contractor shall funds! all Instruments and labor as may be required for this test. Sp. Specs. 9 4 -23- U. PAYMENT. Payment for the vertical turbine pumps and motors installed, complete in operating condition, as specified hereinbefore, will be made at the respective prices for the vertical turbine pumps and motors as set forth in the Contractor's Proposal. These prices and payments shall :onatitute full compensation for furnishing and installing the vertical turbine pumps and motors complete, in satisfactory operating condition in accordance with the Plans and Special Specifications. Sp. Specs. -24- PUMP DATA SHEET N0. I CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON TWO VERTICAL TURBINE "CAN" TYPE PLATS BIDDER'S NAME DATE No. 1 Pump No. 2 Pump PUMP DATA RPM _ Manufacturer Model Number Number of Stakes _ _Nominal Size of Bowls Max. O.D. of Bowls Overall Length of Bowl Sectaon Overall Len th of Suction "Can" "Cin" Diameter "Can" weizht Pump Shaft Diameter Pump Shaft Material ~ (SAE or AISI No. No. of Pump Bearings Pump Bearing Material Oeseriotion of Pump Bearin s Pnmp Bowl Catalog Number_ Pump Bowl Material Pump Bowl Lining Impeller Type 0 en, Closed)_ -- Impeller Number Impeller Material Type Lubrication lip Demand at Guar. Point sr. Specs. 9 - 6 -25- PUMP DATA SHEET NO. 1 (CONTINM) No, 1 Pump No. 2 Pump UISCHARGE HEAD Manufacturer Model Number Suction Size __Lis chase S1.ze _ Guide Bearing Type - Guide Bearinx Material _ Culde_Bearing Lubrication _ Weight THRUST BEARING Manufacturer Manufacturer's Number _ Max. Total Thrust at Cuar. Point _Hating Lift in Hours_ MOTOR Manufacturer Model No, and Tvpe Npm'.nal H.P. _ Power r At Guar. Point Weight _ Efficiency at Guar. Point `y- PUMP AND MOTOR Uverall Efficiency at Guar. Point _ Sp. Specs. 9 - 7 -26- PLIC DATA SHEET NO. 2 The '011"ing detailed information regarding the equipment is believed to be substantially correct and accurately describes the equipment to be furnished; but the yuantlty, head, horsepower, and efficiency at points other than that propoeed as described above are not guaranteed. Performance Characteristic at Rated Motor Speed No. 1 Pump Quantity Total Head HP Demand Overall Y m feet bv Pump Efficiency Lab. Pi rid Lab. Field Lab. Field 0(shut off) —T 200 —�-- 400 _ — — bC0 800 900 1000 1050(¢uarant ee 1100 1200 1300 1400 Performance Characteristic at Rated actor Speed No. 2 PuM Quantity Total Bead hF Demand Overall 7 Rpm feet by Pumn Efficiency Lab.' Field Lab. Field Lab. Field 0(shutoff) '-- 200 400- - b00 800 1000 1200 1300 _ 140U 15U0 uarantee 1600 — -- 1800 1900 }}RR Sp. Specs. 9 - 8 -27- W-262 MT. OLIVET PUMP STATION WTR-10 2+ #2 Speci ,isations 10. VENTILATING SYSTEM A. SCOPE. Th's section covers the work necessary for the ventilating system, complete. B. MATERIALS. GENERAL. The mate sal and equipment furnished and installed by the Contractor shall be first-quality, am, full-size and weight, free from any defects, in first-class condition, and standard in every respect. Storage and handling of all materials shall be done such that at all times they are protected against loss or damage. As soon as practicable, and within 30 days after the ...:cc of notice to proceed and.before commencement of installation or fabrication of any materials or equipment, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval four (4) copies !minimum) of complete, descriptive information for the fan, louvers, and ductwork, in accordance with the General Conditions. FAN shall be an axial flow type fan, completely factory-assembled and suitable for operation in the position shown on the Plans. The casing shall be heavy gauge steel and provided with flanges at both ends. The fanwheel shall be all aluminum with multiple hollow, die-formed blades of true airfoil section welded to hubs. The fan wheel is to be dynamically and statically balanced. Motor shall be provided with ball bearings and connected to the fan through an adjustable V-velt drive. The unit shall have pre-sealed ore-lubricated bearings and shall be complete with inlet bell and screen and outlet companion flange, weatherproof housing and access door. The fan shall be coated inside and outside with alkyd base resin. The unit performance shall be as follows, based on standard air: 4400 CFM at 1/2-inch static pressure, 1000 fp', maximum outlet velocity, 6500 fps maximum tip speed, 3/4 H.P„ 440-volt, 3-phase motor. Wing axial flow fan, size 25-9, or as approved. DUCTWDRK. The fan ductwork shall be fabricated from galvanized steel or aluminum sheets at the Contractor's option. The minimum gauge for steel material shall be U.S. Standard Gauge 24. If aluminum sheets are used, the minimum thickness shall be U.S. Standard Gauge 22. Ductwork corrections to the fan shall be made with Ventfabrics' canvas connectors, or approved equal. VIBRATION ISOLATORS shall be rubber of good commercial quality specifically suited for the serNice intended. DACKDRAFT DAMPER shall operate by fan to open and gravity to close. Frame shall be welded to fors rigid box. Blades shall be rigid - aluminum and shall pivot on nylon rods to prevent binding and insure quiet damper operation. All lade edges shall be cushioned with soft felt or sponge rubber. Damper shall be as manufactured by Airstream Products Co., Inc., or as approved. Sp. Specs. 10 - 1 -28- FAN DISCHARGE LOUVER shall be a standard fixed louver approxi- mately 3'-0" x 4'-0" with a free area not leas than 4.80 square feet. Frames and blades shall be 6063-T5 alloy, minimon 0.081 gauge, with reinforcing bosses. Heads, sills and jambs to be one piece structural members and shall %ave an integral caulking slot and retaining bead. All fastenings shall be stainless steel or aluminum. The louver shall be furnished on the inside with a 02 mesh, 0.063 diameter wire bird screen secured In a removable ex- truded aluminum frame. Louiver shall be free of scratches and blemishes and shall be given a six-minute caustic etch after fabrication and one coat of butyrate lacquer. Louver shall be Construction Specialties, Inc., Stationary Model Su-101, or as approved. ELECTRICAL OPERATING INTAKE LOUVER shall be approximately 4'-0" x 4'-0" with a free area not less than 4,80 square feet. Frames and blades shall be 6063-T5 alloy, minimum 0.081 gauge. Mullions shall be sliding interlock type. All blades shall be center-pivoted with two reinforcing bosses and pinions shall operate in self-lubricating nylon bearings. All louver blades shall be operated by concealed drive arms at each jamb and when louver is placed in the closed position there shall be positive closure the full width of each blade. The operator shall be a sealed motor unit, wired as a unit and mounted on the louver at the factory, equipped with limit switches for full "open' and full "close" positioning. Input voltage shall be 110/120, 60-cycle, single-phase. Maximum power requirements shall be no greater than 100 vs. Motor shall have protection against sustained overload and shall bear Underwriters' label. Motor shall be completely protected by a readily removable hour-ng, and a 3/4" conduit hole shall be removable without disturbing conduit or field wiring. The louver shall be furnished ca the inside with a Y2 mesh, 0.062 diameter wire bird screen secured in a removable extruded aluminum frame. louver shall be free of scratches and shall be given a six-minute caustic etch after fabrication and one coat of butyrate lacquer. A louver motor control device shall be provided and so wiret to permit the louver to automatically open to the "full open" position when the blower starts, and to close to the "full close" position when the blower stops. Louver, motor, and controls shall be Construction Specialties, Inc., Modesl CO-222, EX-110, aid FCC, respectively, or as approved. C. WORKMANSHIP. FAN shall be securely and permanently attached to the wall with anchor bolts mid isolators as shown on the Plans and in complete accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. All wiring shall meet the latest requirements of the NEC and Section 11 of the Special Specifications. The final wiring connections shall be made with a short length of flexible conduit. The installed fan shall be free from objectionable noise when in operation. Control shall be by thermostat as shown on the Plane. DUCTWORK shall be instalied as shown on the Plans. Sp. Specs. 10 - 2 -29- LOUVERS shall be installed as shown on the Plans and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Louvers shall be set in the wall with a protective masking covering the exposed-faces. Nasking shall be removed upon completion of the installation and finishing of the adjacent concrete. Wiring of the louver motor operator shall meet the latest requirements of the NEC and Section 11 of the Special Specifications. D. PAYMENT. Payment for this section will be included as part of the lump sum bid. •�Re Sp. Specs. 10 - 3 -33- 11, ELECTRICAL A. SCOPE. This section covers the work necessary for the complete power, lighting, and control system. The following electrical devices are to be furnished and installed under other sections: Motors Telemetering Equipment B. MATERIALS. GENERAL. Unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer, provide all new materials, first quality, approved by UL wherever standards have been established by that agency. Materials shall comply with the NEC and appli- cable State and local electric codes. It is the intent of these Documents that all item of material required for a complete installation shall be furnished and installed. where two or more units of the same class of equipment are required, they shall be products of a single manufacturer; however, the component parts of the equipment need not be the products of the same manufacturer. STANDARD )DUCTS. Unless otherwise indicated, the materials to be furnished ma: be the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such equipment and shall be the manufacturer's latest standard design that conform to the Specification requirements. MATERIAL &W EIgDIP%%:NT SCHEDULES. As soon as practicable and within 30 days after the date of notice to proceed and before commencement of installation or fabrication of any materials or equipment, submit to the Engineer for approval, in quadruplicate, (minimum) complete descriptive information for all materials as follows in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Article of the General Conditions: Motor control center outline and elementary drawings and equipment schedule. Unit heaters. Thermostats. Flexible conduit. INSTRUCTION BOOKS. Compil, four copies of a composite instruction book including operation, installation, maintenance, renewal parts information, and complete as-built drawings for all electrical equipment. This infor- mation shall be placed in a hard-backed binder in a well organized manner. These books shall be delivered to the Owner at the completion of the project. Sp. Specs. 11 - 1 -31- TYPE. The materials "ad shall be as follow: CONDUIT. CONDUIT, RIGID STEEL, ZINC-COATED. Rigid steel conduit, including couplings, elbows, and nipples shall be galvanized by hot-dipping, electroplating, sherardizfng, or metallizing process, and shall meet the requirements of ASA C80.1, UL, and the NEC. CONDUIT, FLEXIBLE. All flexible conduit shall be moisture- proof flexible steel, polyvinyl chloride jacketed type. UL approved, with continuous copper ground path in the flexible steel tube, and shall be American Brass Sealtite Flexible Conduit, or as approved. CONDUIT FITTINGS. Conduit fittings shall be of the type indicated or required for the anticipated purpose, and shall meet applicable requirements of ASA C80.4, UL, NEC, and NE.MA F8 1. CONDUCTORS. Conductor sizes indicated are based on copper conductors. Aluminum conductors of equivalent current-carrying capacity in conduit sizes required by the NEC may be used, if approved connectors are used where aluminum is joined to copper. Conductors No. 8 AUG or larger shall be stranded. Conductors No. 6 AWG or larger shall have insulation of a heat- and •oisture-resistant Grade TRW. Conductors smaller than No. 6 AWG shall have thermoplastic insulation Type IV, and shall be factory color coded with separate color for each phase and neutral used consistently throughout the system. EQCIPME..T GROUNDING CONDUCTORS. Conductors for equipment grounding shall be stranded copper. Conductor sizes No. 12 AWC through No. 2 AWC shall have green Type TV Insulation with a minimum t.,ickness of 2/b4 inc'i. Conductor sizes No. 1 AWG or larger shall be bare copper. OUTLETS. Each outlet in the wiring or raceway system shall be provided with an outlet box to suit the conditions encountered. Outlet boxes installed where they are exposed to the weather, in normally wet locations, including flush or surface mountings on exterior surface of exterior walls exposed to the weather or exposed on interior wails or in Class 1, II, and III hazardous locations, shall be of the gasketed cast steel or alloy type having threaded hubs, similar and equal to Crouse-Hinds Type FS or FD. Concealed boxes and exposed boxes in other areas shall be of the cadmium-plated or zinc-coated sheet wetal type. Boxes shall be not lass than 1-1/2 inches deep, unless shallower boxes are required by structural conditions and are specifically approved by the Engineer. Ceiling and bracket outlet byes shall not be less than 4-inch octagonal, except that smaller boxes may be used where required by the particular fixture to be installed. switch and receptacle boxes shall be approximately 4" x 2", unless a larger box is required. Sp. Specs. 11 - 2 -32- DEVICE PLATES. Provide one-piece device plates of satin-finish stainless steel, unless otherwise specified. Screws shall be of metal with countersunk heads and color to match the finish of the plate. Where shown, plates shall be engraved with the litters, numbers, or characters as designated. Such letters, numbers, or characters shall be 3/16 inch high with filler of white color. Reference: Sierra stock-marked Wall Plates, Sierra Electric Corporation, 15100 S. Figueroa, Gardena, California. RECEPTACLES. SINGLE AND DUPLEX CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES. Each receptacle shall be specification grade and rated 10 amperes at 250 volts and 15 amperes at 125 volts. Each receptacle shall have a grounding pole. Contact arrange- ment shall be such that contact is made on two sides of an inserted blade. Bases shall be of brown nhenollc composition with side-mounted terminals. Receptacles shall be capable of receiving 2-wlre parallel-bladed caps or 3-pole caps. All receptacles shall be UL listed. WALL ;HITCHES. Wall switches shall be of the specification grades, totally enclosed, tumbler type with lighted toggle. Enclosures shall be f phenolic composition with color to match the plates specified. Single-pole switches shall be rated 20 amperes at 120/277 volts. All switches shall be a-c type, suitable for the control of tungsten filament lamp loads, and approved by UL. LAMPS AND LIGHTING FIXTURES. Lamps and lighting fixtures of the types and sizes as indicated shall be furnished and Installed complete. Lamps manufactured by General Electric, Sylvania, or Westinghouse, of the proper type, wattage, and voltage rating shall be furnished and installed In each fixture. Illustrations and references on the Plans are indicative of the general type of fixture desired. Fixtures of similar designs and equivalent light distribution and brightness characteristics and having equal finish and quality will be acceptable if approved by the rmgineer prior to bid opening. LIGHTING AND POWER PANELBOARDS. Panelboards shall be circuit breaker type as indicated, and shall meet the standards established by U1., NEM.A PB 1, and the NEC. Panels used as service entrance equipment shall have Cl. approval for that use. FUSES. Provide a complete Set of Bussmann fuses for all equipment. Where current-limiting fuses are specified, supply a set of s!x spare fuses of each current rating installed. Fuses shall meet the requirements of NEMA FU 1. Where 0.1 to 600 amperes fused motor circuits are indicated, provide current-limiting dual element fuses with .00,000 amperes interrupting rating. SERVICE ENTRANCE. Provide a meter base :nd other materials, as - required by the electric utility which will provide service to the facility, for installation of metering equipment and attachment of service conductors. Sp. Specs. 11 - 3 -33- MOTOR CONTROL, GENERAL. Provide each motor with a suitable controller and devices that will perform the functions as specified for the respective motors. Controllers shall meet NEMA IC 1, ASA C19.1, the NEC, and UL. Motor horsepower ratings and enclosures shown are what is expected. This information is for guidance only and does not limit the equipment size. When motors furnished differ from the expected ratings, make the necessary adjustments to wiring, conduit, disconnect devices, motor starters, branch circuit protection, and other affected material or equipment to accommodate the motors actually installed, at no additional cost to the Owner. Provide each motor with thermal overload protection in all ungrounded phases. This protection shall consist of thermal overload relays sensitive to motor current and mounted within the motor controller, as indicated. All overload protection devices shall be of the inverse-time-limit type. Controller-mounted overload relays shall be manual-reset type with externally operated reset button. Select and install overload relay heaters after the actual nameplate full-load current rating of the motor has been determined. Provide each motor with the disconnecting means indicated, and as required by the NEC. Disconnecting means, separately enclosed or included in combination starters, shall meet the requirements for individual circuit breakers or fused switches and fuses specified herein. Enclosures, modifications, and types of controllers shall be as Sndi- caced. Provide suitable laminated plastic nameplates for each starter. FULL VOLTAGE MAGNETIC STARTERS. Provide starters meeting NEMA IC 1, Class A, with the rating and enclosure sham. REDUCED VOLTAGE STARTERS, NEMA CLASS A. Provide starters meeting NEMA IC 1, Class A, with the rating and enclosure shown. Starters shall be if the single-step magnetic part-winding type, having closed circuit transition and an adjustable time interval between application of starting and running conditions to the motors. CONTROL POWER "RANSPORMERS. Supply individual control power transformers where indicated. The transformers shall have sufficient capacity to serve the connected load nd limit voltage regulation to 10 percent during contact or pickup. Fuse one side of the secuudary winding and ground the other side. MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS. Rotor control centers and components shall meet the requirements of the latest revised NEMA Standards. The following requirements shall be met, unless otherwise indicated: Rating Voltage As indicated. Supply circuit, short circuit rating 35,000 amps RMS asymmetrical Sp. Specs. 11 - 4 -34- NEMA Class Class 1, Type C Enclosure Type Type T Vertical section dimensions 90" high, 20" deep Finish Manufacturer's standard gray over a primer and rust inhibitor. Construction Sheet steel reinforced with channel or angle irons. Sections constructed so they may be butted fluah, end-to- end against a similar sects n without bolts, nuts, or cover plates causing interference. Section mounting Removable formed steel channel sills and removable lifting angles. Horizontal wiring compartments Full width, top and boc]om accessible from front. Vertical wiring com- partments Full height, accessible from front Terminal board com- partment Bottom Unit compartments Individual compartments separated by steel barriers for each starter, feeder, or other unit capable of being wired from front without unit removal. Compartment doors Separate hinged doors for each starter, feeder, or other unit. Door interlocking Starter and feeder doors mechanically interlocked so doors cannot he opened with unit energized. Provide defeater mechanism to allow intentional access at any time. Provisions for padlocking external disconnect handles in the ON or OFF position. Sp. Specs. 11 - 5 -J5- Bus Horizontal parer bus %phase copper bus entire width of control center rated 1,200 amps. Constructed to allow future extension to additional sections. Pressure type solderless lugs for each incoming line cable. Vertical power bus ]-phase copper bus full height of section rated 100 amps minimum. - Neutral bus None, unless indicated Ground bus Same size as one-phase of horizontal power bus. Bus bracing 50,000 amps Motor Starter Units Construction Drawout combination type with stab connections, except where site and weight of equipment make this imprac- ticable. Readily interchangeable with starters of similar site. Positive grounding means which ground unit before stabs engage power bus. Starters NEMA standard rating, except none smaller than NEMA Site 1. Meet requirements specified under Motor Control, General. Disconnecting device As indicated Circuit breakers Molded case with manufactu—,'s recom- mended trip setting for maximum motor protection. Thermal-magnetic trip or magnetic trip only if approved by Ergineer. Tripping indicated by 01,erating handle position. Fused switches Current-llmiting fuse$ as specified herein with rejection clips. Menu- facturer's recommended fuse rating for maximum motor protection, with interference plates which prevent fuse removal with switch in ON position. Switch interrupting rating of 12 time rated current. Sp. Specs. 11 - 6 -36- Control devices As indicated and specified herein Control wiring Minimum wire size 14 AWG copper Hain and Feeder Units Construction Same as under rotor starter emit Circuit breakers Molded case with thereto-magnetic trip. a5,000 amps INS asymmetrical minimum interrupting rating. Tripping indicated by operating handle position. Main circuit breaker to be 800 ampere frame with 400 ampere trip to provide for future expansion. Fused switches San, as under motor starter unit, except fuse rating indicated. Engraved laminated plastic nameplates on each unit. Blank nameplates an spaces for future units. Diagrams Elementary wiring and outline diagrams submitted in quadruplicate (minimum) to Engineer for approval before fabrication begun. Tests NEMA Standard Approved Manufacturers General Electric, Square D, Allen Bradley, Westinghouse, I.T.E. PUSH BUTTONS, INDICATING LIGHTS, AND SELECTOR SWITCHES. Push buttons, indicating lights, selector switches, and stations for nonhazardous indoor dry locations shall '.0 of the heave-duty, otl-tight type, similar and equal to Westinghouse Type OT, General Electric Type CR 2940, or Square D Class 9001, and shall be mounted in starter covers or oil-tight NEMA 1 general purpose enclosures, as indicated. For nonhazardous outdoor or normally wet locations, these devices shall he of the heavy-duty type mounted in NEMA 4 watertight enclosures, and shall be Westinghouse Type HDW, G.E. Type CR 2940, or Square U Class 9001 These devices shall meet the requirements of NEMA IC 1, and shall have individual, extra large nameplates indicating their specific function. Push-button stations shall have lami- nated plastic nameplates indicating the drive they control. All push buttons and selector switches mounted near the motors which they control shall have provisions for locking in the STOP or OFF position. All selector switches shall have gloved-hand operating levers. Sp. Specs. 11 - 7 -37- All indicating lights for 110-volt control circuits shall be transformer type. ELAPSED TIME METERS. Elapsed time meters shall be synchronous motor driven, 0 - 99,999.9 hours range, without reset knob, 2-1/2-inch. Time meters shall be Westinghouse Type B11-351, General Electric Type 236, or as approved. TRA.NSFORMEAS, DRY TYPE. Provide self-cooled dry type transformers of the ratings indicated built in accordance with the latest Standards of IEEE, UL, ASA, and NEXA. Provide NEMA Standard taps and Class B, 804 C. rise Insulation. Transformer sound level shall be tested in accordance with NINA and ASA Standards. All transformetc shall have sound levels not exceeding 30 decibels for 0-5 kva. Provide transformers with built-in mounting lugs. Mount transformers in motor control centers. Each transformer shall be equipped with integral vibration isolators rated for the weight of the transformer and designed to provide 99 percent isolation efficiency at the fundamental frequency of the sound emitted by the transformer. The terminal compartment shall be located in the bottom of the trans- former. Transformers shall be manufactured by Westinghouse, General Electric, Tierney, or Sorgel. MAGNETIC CONTROL RELAYS. Magnetic control relays shall be of the machine tool, NEMA Class A1B, 600-volt, 10 amp, continuous, convertible —tact .ype, meeting the requirements of NE'MA IC 1. Enclosures, if required, shal. be as indicated. UNIT BEATERS. Unit heaters shall have heating capacity and air delivery capacities indicated. Provide each heater wi• ceiling mounting brackets for permanent mounting; protective metal grf at inlet side; adjustable louvers on the discharge side to divert air up or down as desired; and with electrical resistance heating element mounted cn the discharge side of the fan motor. Provide automatic thermal o,•erheat protection. Fan motors, 277- volt, single-phase, will not b, acceptable for use on 480-volt, 3-phase, 3- wire heaters. Provide heating elements of the metal sheath type with resistance wire embedded in refractory material and with sheath surrounded by metallzed fins for quick heat transfer. Unit heaters shall be UL approved, and shall be Chromalox Type LOH, Westtnghouse Type U11, or as approved. THERMOSTATS. Thermostats shall be line-voltage type, single-stage for vertical surface mounting. A thermometer calibrated in degrees F. shall be included on the frost cover. Each thermostat shall have an adjustment range as specified. Electrical rating shall be 25 amperes at 115 volts, 21 amperes at 240 volts. Thermostats shall be as specified, or as approved. Sp. Specs. 11 - 8 -38- C. WORKMANSHIP. GENERAL. The installations shall conform to the latest applicable rules of the NEC, and applicable State and local codes. Workmanship shall be of the highest grade. Install products in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, unless otherwise specified or directed by the Engineer. Replace or repair defective equipment or equipment damaged in the course of installation or test in a manner approved by the Engineer. If any departures from the Plans are deemed necessary, submit details of such departures and the reasons therefor as soon as practicable, and within 30 days after the award of the Contract, to the Engineer for approval. No such departures shall be made without the prior written approval of the Engineer. Examine all Plans and coordinate work so as to avoid conflicts, errors, delays, and unnecessary interference with the continuous operation of the plant during construction. Wiring shown is diagrammatic only and is meant to show circuiting and switching details. Locations of llghcing fixtures, equipment, and electrical outle•a shorn are approximately correct; however, check the locations of all outlets shown with the Plans and verify the locations by :&king measurements on the lob. In the event of any conflicts, consult the Engineer; his decieion shall govern. Obtain all —rmlts and pay all fees reauired by any governmental agency having jurisdiction over his work. Electrical loads shall be balanced at panelboards. , er final service connections are made, check and correct, If necessary, the rotation of all motors. WIRING MEI UODS. GENERAL. Generally and unless otherwise specified or indicated, wiring shall consist of insulated conductors installed in rigid zinc-coated steel. CONDUIT SYSTEMS. Conduit system installations shall meet or exceed the requirements of the NEC. Minimum size of conduit shall be 1/2 inch, except conduit not smaller than 3/4 inch shall be used where run in or under concrete floor slabs. Raceways shall be concealed or exposed as indicated, and shall be at ler.st 6 Inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot water pipes. Support raceways shall be supported at intervals required by the NEC, and shall have exposed runs installed parallel or perpendicular to walls, structural members, or intersections of vertical planes and ceilings. Avoid field-made bends and offsets where possible, but where necessary, make with an approved hickey or conduit heading machine. Heating of conduit to facilitate bending will not be acceptable. Changes in direction of runs shall be made with symmetrical bends or cast metal fittings. Do not install crushed or deformed raceways. Avoid trapped raceways where possible. Take care to prevent the lodgment of plaster, dirt, or trash in raceways, boxes, fittings, and equipment during the course of construction. Raceways shall be entirely free of obstructions or shall be replaced. All conduit shall be reamed, Sp. Specs. 11 - 9 .19- burrs removed, and cleaned for proper introduction of wires and cables. Ivmiediately after installation, plug or cap all conduit ends with watertight and dust-tight conduit seals until the time for pulling wires. Install insulating type bushings or manufacturer's standard insulated metallic bushings on the ends of all rigid conduits, except where conduits terminate in threaded hubs on cast boxes or cabinets, in which case insert manufacturer's standard insulating sleeves. Where insulatinC bushings are used, and where bushings cannot be brought into firm contact with the box, fasten rigid conduits to all sheet metal boxes and cabinets with two lockouts where required by NEC; otherwise, a single lockout and insulated, metallic bushings are acceptable. Provide suitable expansion fittings for raceways crossing expansion Joints in concrete slabs, or provide other suitable means to compensate for the building expansion and contraction. Wooden plugs inserted in concrete or masonry am not acceptable as a base for raceway fastenings, nor shall raceways or pipe straps be welded to steel structures. Support multiple raceways adjacent to each other by ceiling trapeze. Support individual raceways by wall brackets, strap hangers, or ceiling trapeze, fastened by expansion shields on concrete or brick. Threaded studs driven in by a powder charge and provided with lock washers and nuts are acceptable in lieu of expansion shields. Conduits shall emerge from the concrete at right angles and shall have none of the curved portion of the bend exposed. The curved portion of the bends under floor slab where conduits emerge from the floor shall be concrete encased. Provide structural support for the conduit during pouring of con- crete to insure that the conduit remains in position; also, seal the ends of all conduits by pipe caps or plugs in couplings. Conduit shall be of greatest practicable single length between joints, and all joints shall be made up with approved jointing compound. Do not use nails to fasten boxes or conduits; do not use wire in lieu of straps or hangers; and do not notch structural members for the passage of raceways. Install and equip conduit boxes and fittings installed outdoors or in other wet locations so as to prevent water from entering the conduit. Do not run conduits in or under slabs supporting hollers or heating plants, machinery foundation pads, or engine generator pads. Rigid steel conduit installed underground shall have a minimum cover of 2 feet and the excavation and backfill shall conform to the requirements of Division 2 for plastic pipe. Coat conduit installed underground at couplings and joints with Kopper's Bitumastic No. 505, or wrap with Scotchrap No. 51 plastic tape with 1/2-inch overlap in strict accordance with the manufxcturer's recommendations. Conduit may be wrapped or coated before final assembly, provided that all wrench marks, exposed threads, or other holidays ate wrapped or coated to provide a continuous holiday-free uniform coating after final assembly. Do not use union type fittings underground, except with approval _ of the Engineer. Separate parallel runs of two or more conduits in a single trench with Kindorf Type C-105, or as approved, and install spacers and channel at not more than 20-toot intervals. Support conduits installed in fill areas suitably to prevent accidental bending until backfilling is complete. Sp. Specs. 11 - 10 -40- Do not backfill underground conduit until it has been inspected by the Engineer of his representative. Final connection to motors, wall or ceiling mounted fans and unit heaters, and to other equipment where flexible connection is desired or required to minimize vibration, shall be made with 18-inch minimum lengths of liquid-tight, neoprene-jacketed, flexible steel conduit where the required conduit size is 3 inches or less. Where required conduit size is greater than 3 inches, rigid steel conduit shall be continued to the motor terminal box. CONDUCTORS. CONDUCTORS, 600 VOLTS AND BELOW. All wire shall be continuous from outlet to outlet. Splices, where required, may be mane in outlet and pull boxes only. Use wire connectors of insulating material or solderless pressure connectors properly taped for all splices. Soldered mechanical joints insulated with tape will not be acceptable. Vinyl plastic tape of suitable quality is acceptable in lieu of rubber and friction tapes. Con- ductor sizes shall not be less than those shown. Conductors shall not be smaller than No. 12 AWG for lighting or power circuits, or No. 14 AWG for control circuits, unless otherwise indicated. Arrange wiring in cabinets, panels, and motor control centers neatly cut to proper length, and remove surplus wire. Apply Stak-on or similar terminals to control wiring for connection to temals, and bridle and secure in an approved manner. List all circuits emanating from power, distribution, and lighting panelboards by function on the directory card ?dentify all circuits entering motor control centers or other control cabinets by directory card listing terminal block number and function or by means of tags securely fastened to the conductors. OUTLETS. Provide each outlet in the wiring or raceway systems with an outlet box to suit the conditions encountered. Each box shall have sufficient volume to accommodate the number of conductors entering the box in accordance with the requirements of the ;:EC. Provide flush or recessed fixtures with separate junction boxes when required by the fixture terminal temperature requirements. Set 1.-xcs installed in concealed locations flush with the finished surfaces and 1 vide with proper type extension rings or plaster covers where required. install boxes in a rigid and satisfactory manner and fasten with bolts and expansion shields on concrete or brick. Threaded studs driven in by a powder charge and provided with lock washrrs and nuts are acceptable in lieu of expansion shields. Where boxes are con- cealed in walls, if not embedded in concrete, the hole shall be no larger than required to receive the box. Locations i. outlets indicated are approximate; study the building plans in relation to the spaces and equipment surroanding each outlet, so that the lighting fixvires are symmetrically located according to the room layout. When necessary, with the approval of the Engineer, relocate outlets to avoid interference with the mechanical equipment or structural features. PULL BOXES. Construct pull boxes, whete specified or required, of code-gauge galvanized sheet metal of not less than the minimum size Sp. Specs. 11 - 11 -41- 0 required by the .4EC. Furnish boxes with screw-fastened covers. Where -�veral feeders pass through a common p,,ll box, tag the feeders to indicate Carly their electrical characteristics, circuit number, and panel desig- nation. All boxes shall be readily accessible and shall not be installed in finished areas unless approved by the Engineer. Prcvlde pull boxes not less than 150 feet ar^rt in long runs. RECEPTACLES AND WALL SWITCHES. Equipment shall be located at the following height above the floor, unless otherwise ..dicated: Convenience receptacles (indoor) 12" above floor, Wall switches 48" above floor DEVICE PLATES. Install plates with all four edges in continuous con- tact with the finished wall surfaces without the use of mats or similar devices. Plaster tillings will not be permitted. Install plates vertically and with an alignment tolerance of 1/16 inch. Do not use sectional type device plates. LIGHTING FIXTURES. Install lighting fixtures at the height and in the manner indicated. Provide accessories, such as straps, mounting plates, nipples, or brackets, for proper installation. Deliver lamps to the project in their original cartons and install in the fixtures just prior to the completion of the project. After construction of the total project is completed, wash fixtures and clean lamps. MOTOR CONTROL. Install equipment in strict accordance with approved drawings and manufacturer's recommendations. Secure motor control centers and other free standing motor control rigidly to floors or mounting pads with anchor bolts, Phillips Drill Company concrete anchors, or other approved means. Grout mounting channels provided with motor control centers into the floor or mounting pads, unless the control center is firmly anchored with the specified concrete anchors, in which case the channels may be removed. UNIT HEATEkS. Attach unit heaters securely and permanently to the ceiling in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and make final wiring connections with a short length of moistureproof flexible conduit. the installed unit heater shall be free from objectionable noise or vitration when In operation. Control shall be by thermostat as indicated. THERMOSTATS. Mount thermostats approximately where indicated and in accordance tith ..a manufacturer's recommendations. Mount thermostats for exterior walls on a base of thermal-insulating material. GROUNDING. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, ground all exposed norcurrent-carrying metallic parts of electrical equipment, raceway systems, and the neutral of all wiring systems in strict accordance with the NEC and ether appli�able laws and regulations. Where ground rods are indicated or used, they %hall be of galvanized steel not less than 3/4-inch diameter, 8 feet long, di'ven full length into the earth. Special require- ments shall be as shown ant as specified herein. Sp. Specs. 11 - 12 -42- GROUNDING CIRCUITS ABOVE 150 VOLTS TO CROWD Ground all enclosing cases and mounting frames of all switches, control panels, motors, junction boxes, and other electrical or electrically operated equipment with a separate grounding conductor from the source of supply. Run the grounding conductor inside the conduit enclosing the power conductors supplying the equipment. Supply all metallic conduits with ground wedges and connect at each end to the grounding conductor The ground conductor shall not be more than one standard wire size smaller than the largest current-carrying conductor in the conduit, except that the smallest size shall he No. 12 AWC and the largest size No 4/0 AWG. Make the ground conductor connections to motors 10 hp and above or circuits 20 amperes and above by solderless terminal and a 5/16-inch minimum bolt tapped to the motor frame or equipment housing. Ground con- nections to smaller motors or equipment may be made by fastening the terminal to a connection box. Connect 1mctlon boxes to the equipment grounding system with grounding clips mounted directly on the box or with 3/8-inch machine screws. CROWDING CIRCUITS BELOW 150 l'OLTS TO GROUND. Ground circuits protected at 60 amperes or more, or serving motors larger than 5 hp in accordance with the provisions for Grounding Circuits Above 150 Volts to Ground. On smaller circuits the metallic conduit system may serve as the equipment ground where allowed by the NEC. CROUNDINC CONNECTIONS. -Make all buried grounding connections bl brazing or Cadweld type joint. Make all other grounding connections by brazing, Cadweld, or with approved pressure terminals. Connect MCC ground bus to nearest suitable 16-inch water main. REPAIR OF EXISTING WORK. Lay out the work carefully in advance Do not cut or notch any structural member without specific approval of the Engineer. Where cutting, channeling, chasing, or -tilling of floors, walla, partitions, ceilings, paving, or other surfaces is necessary for the proper installation, support, or anchorage of chr conduit, raceways, or other electrical work, this work shall he carefully done, and any damage to Luildings, piping, or equipment shall he neatly restored to original con- dition by skilled mechanics of the trades involved, at no additional cost to the Owner. TESTS. After the electrical system installation is completed and at such time as the Engineer may direct induct an operating test for approval. Demonstrate the equipment operating i accordance with the requirements of [h- a Special Specifications. Perform the test in the presence of the Engi- nc, or his autborized representative. Furnish all Instruments and personnel required for the tests; the Owner will furnish the necessary electric power. GUARANTEE. All equipment to be furnished under this item shall be guaranteed for a period of one year from the date of acceptance thereof Sp. Specs. 11 - 13 -43- against defective materials, design, and workmanship in accordance with the Provisions of the applicable Article of the General Conditions. U. PAYMXNT. Payment for the work in this section will be included as part of the lump aum bid. Sp. Specs. 11 - 14 -44- 12. PAINTING ANU EXTERIOR CONCRETE TREATMENT A. SCUPS. This section covers the work necessary for the painting and exterior concrete treatment. It is the intent of this Specification to cover the painting of all new materials incorporated in the structures, including the d4lication of the exterior concrete treatment to tite pump vault. e. MATERIALS. PAINTING. The term "paint" as useC herein includes enamels, paints, stains, and other coatings, whether used as prime, intermediate, or finish coats. Paint shall be well ground and shall not settle badly, cake, or thicken in the container, and shall be readily broken up with a paddle to a smooci, consistency. All materials shall be delivered to the site in the manufacturer's unopened containers with labels attached, indicating the brand and content of containers, the formula, and name of manufacturer. Paints shall be products Of the manufacturers hereinafter specified, or as approved. Paint coatings, hereinafter specified, are products of the Inertol Company, San Francisco, California; ti,e Sherwin Williams Company, Cleveland, Ohio; Bryte faint Manufacturing Company, Portland, Oregon; and A. C, Horn Products, W. R. Grace 4 Company, Cambridge, aassachusetts. Similar products of other rumufaeturers, except as othenrise specified, may be substituted subject to the approval of the Engineer. In the event products of other manufacturers are approved by the Engineer, the material used for the prime coat shall In each case be a product recommended by the manufacturer of the Paint to be used with the finish coat. Colors of paint shall be red for piping, ductwork, and equipment, and off-white for the pump vault Interior walls and ceiling. Tile surfaces to be painted, number of coats, and/or minimum thicknesses and the materials to be used shall be as specified hereinafter. INTERIOR NONSUBMIERCEU FERROUS `LIAL PIPING IN PUMP VAULT. PRIMER. Ferrous metal, including piping, except brass, bronze, anu +luminum surfaces, shall be given a complete field coat of Inertol Rust Penetrating primer No. 622. Where an asphaltic primer has been factory applied, as on cast iron pipe, :wo brush coat of Inertol Tar-Stop shall be applied In lieu of the above primer. All pr:ne coats shall be brush applied. Galvanized ductwork shall be given a prime coat of Inertol Metal Passivator No. IS In lieu of the first coat specified above. FINISH COATS. All metal, except aluminum, brass, and bronze surfaces, shall be given two coats of Inertol flamortex Enamel. Finish combined coating thickness shall be 4 mils. PAINTING OF PUMP VAULT, INTERIOR SURFACES. The interior face of the concrete walla and ceiling shall he painted as follows: Sp. Specs. 12 - 1 -45- First Coat - Bryte's Sealon (no substitutes) Finish Coat - Bryte's ➢uraflex (no substitutes) The interior pump vault flour slab shall not be painted. REPAIR OF ➢AMGED GALVAE1..nD SURFACES. All galvanized surfaces which have been damaged shall be repaired with a galvanizing compound meeting Federal Specification O-G-93. MATERIALS FOR EXTERIOR CONCRETE TREATMENT. All materials shall be delivered to the job in the manufacturer's unbroken containers with labels attached Indicating the brand, contents, formula, and nanufacturer of the product. BELOW GRADE. The exterior pump vault wall, 6 inches below finish grade to the bottom, shall be coated Slth A. C. Horn Dehydratine No. ', as manufactured by A. C. Horn Products, W. R. Grace S Company, Cambridge, Massachusetts, or approved equal. ABOVE GRADE. The exterior pump vault wall, 6 inches below finish grade to the top, outside steps, and the pump vault roof shall be coated with a silicone water-repelling material containing not less than 3 percent of 100 percent silicone resin. The material shall be A. C. Horn Dehydratine No. 22, or approved equal. C. 14ORKMANSHIP. SURFACE PREPARATION. Surface preparation shall be as recommended oy the paint manufacturer and shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the application of any paint. Wher= preparations specified herein differ from those recommended by the paint manufacturer, the higher standard shall be followed unless otherwise approved. Any paint applied to surfaces not so approved shall be removed and reapplied following inspection of the surface preparation. NONSUBMERGED METAL. Nonsubmerged metalwork shall be prepared in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer's recommendations. All rust, scale, loose shop coat, grease, and oil shall be removed before any field painting is started. All damaged areas of the prime coat shall be thoroughly cleaned and couched up with the original primer. Units to be bolted together in the field shall be cleaned by wire `rushing, primed, and painted before being assembled. APPROVAL OF SURFACE PREPARATION. The approval of surface preparation by the Engineer shall be obtained before painting is started, but such approval will in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility. THINNERS. Where thinning is necessary, only the products of the manufacturer furnishing the paint and for the particular purpose shall be used; and all such thinning shall be done in strict accordance with the manufacturer's _ instructions and with the full knowledge and approval of the Engineer. Sp. Specs. 12 - 2 -46- APPLICATION OF PAINT. All painting shall be done in strict ICE ordance with the saint manufacturer's recommendations, paint shall be delivered to the work in unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's name. The Contractor shall prepare all surfaces for painting and shall be responsible for surfaces being in suitable condition to receive paint before any application is made. All surfaces shall be clean and dry. All damaged areas of prime coats shall be cleaned and primed with paint in strict accordance with the manufacturer'a recommendations. In all instances where two or more successive coats of the same color paint are to be applied, the first coat or the intermediate coat shall be of a slightly different shade to differentiate it from the second or finish coat. All paint shall -e applied with a brush, except as otherwise specified. Drop cloths shall be placed where required to protect floors and equipment from spatter and droppings. The name and information plates on mechanical equipment shall be removed or covered with masking tape to prevent defacement during the paint operation; the Contractor will be held strictly responsible for any defacement of such nane or information plates, and shall replace nameplates after painting. Paint shall not be applied in extreme bast not in dust- or smoke- laden air, nor in damp or humid weather. Bork shall be free from runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections due to faulty workmanship. Paint materials shall be kept sealed or covered when not in use. Oily rage or waste shall be kept in covered containers and disposed of at frequent intervals. All painting shall be done in a thorough workmanlike manner. Sufficient time shall be allowed between coats to assure thorough drying of previously applied paint. The primary purpose in painting metal surfaces is for corrosion protection. Dry-film thicknesses will be checked with a magnetic thickness gauge, and edges and surfaces will be checked with an electric holiday detector. Paint films found to have no_idays or to be less than the required thickness shn be given such additional coats as are necessary to assure a continuous fil .f the specified thickness. METAL SUgFACES. Priming in the field will be limited to field touch-up of abraded areas, except as otherwise specified. All rust, scale, loose shop coat, grease, oil, and dirt shall be removed 'before field painting is started. All paint shall be applied with a brush, unless otherwise approved. Rates of coverage p:r gallon or mil thickness of completed coats shall be as specified for the particular coating. If not specified, the rate of coverage shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. Thicknesses of coatinga will be measured by the Engineer, and where deficient, shall be corrected, Specs. 12 - 3 -47- REPAIR OF DAMAGED GALVANIZED SURFACES. All damaged areas of galvanized surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and prepared and tie galvanizing compound shall be applied in conformance with the manufacturer's reco-nnendat ions, as approved. SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINMD. Pump vault exterior and floor Exterior steps and galvanized piping Interior grating, handrails, and steps Nonferrous metal CLEANING. All cloths and cotton waste which might const.'.tute a fire hazard shall be placed in closed metal containers or destroyed at the and of each day. Upon completion of the work, all staging, scaffolding, and containers shall be removed from the site or destroyed in a manner approved by the Engineer. Paint Spots, oil, or stains upon adjacent surfaces shall be removed and the entire job left clean and acceptable to the Engineer. WORKMANSHIP FOR EXTERIOR CONCRETE TREATMENT. The surfaces of the pump vault and motor control center building walls and concrete roof slabs shall be dry and clean and otherwise prepared in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, as approved by the Engineer prior to the time of application. The application rate shall be as specified heroin and the method of application shall be in strict accordance with the manufac- turer's recommendations as approved. Under no circumstances shall the treatment specified herein be applied to damp surfaces. Particular care shall be taken to insure that all surfaces are coveted uniformly. Upon completion of coating, surfaces shall be protected from rain and moisture for the minimum time recommended by the manufacturer. A. C. Horn Dehydratine No. 4, apply two coats each at the rate of one gallon per 100 square feet. A. C. Morn Dehydratine No. 22, apply at rate of one gallon per 75 square feat. U. PAYMENT. Payment for this section will be included as part of the lump sum bid. •x*a Sp. Specs. 12 - 4 -48- 13. CLEANUP AND FINISHED GRADING A. SCOPE. This section covers the work necessary for the cleanup and finished grading complete. C. WORKMANSHIP. RUBBISH AND WASTE MATERIAL. All materials, equipment, and appurtenances not required as a part of or appurtenant to the complete structure shall be completely removed from the Owner's property and other work areas. All slop-over from concreting operations and scatterings of unused concrete aggregates shall be removed. All lumber and rubbish shall be burned or removed from the property. All manholes, pit&, and ocher areas constructed or in which work has been done under the Contract shall be thoroughly cleaned of all waste materials and dirt. The work under this section shall also include any cleanup required on adjacent property due to the Contractor's operations. FINISHED GRADING. Any areas of the rough grading that have been damaged by the work or eroded shall be restored. The grades shall be subject to reasonable variation by the Engineer to meet varying conditions encountered. Finished site grading shall not be done when the soil ie excessively vet, extremely dry, or in a condition detrimental to proper grading. The limits for the finished grading are indicated on the Plans; all areas that are disturbed outside of these limits shall also be restored to their original condition. The final grading shall be uniform with no pockets that prevent satisfactory drainage. D. PAYMENT. Payment for this section will be Included as part of the lump sum bid. R RRR Sp. Specs. 13 - 1 -49- STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS i FOR PIPELINE TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACCFILL STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PIPELINE TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKPILL A. SCOPE. This section covers the work necessary, for the trench excavation and bockfill, complete, including all miscellaneous items of work required to complete the construction specified hereunder. A-1. Short Title. The term "Trench Excavation Standards," when used in the Contract Documents, shall refer to the Standard Specifications for Pipeline Trench Excavation and Backfill. A-2. Tv re of backftll. Trench excavation and backflll will be divided into the following different classifications for the purpose of payment: Class B Backf111. Class B backfill will, in general, be used in streets and roadways and In other areas where subsequent trench settlement must be held to a minimum. Class C Backfill. In general, it is anticipated that Class C backflll will be us-1 throughout the In where trenches are located in unsurfaced areas and on street and road shoulders where prevention of subsequent trench settlement is not considered critical. Class D Backfill. In general, it is anticipated that Class D backflll will be used on traveled roadways and crossings where pavement replacement will be made shortly after backfilling and subsequent trench settlement must be held to a minimum. Class E Backfill. Class E bockfill will, in general, be used is streets and roadwave on which gravel surfacing and oil mat surfacing are to be replaced. A-3. General. For bidding purposes, the class of Backfill to he used is indicated � the Plans. The right Is reserved to modify the use, location, and quantities _t the various types of backf111 during construction as the Engineer considers to be to the best interest of the Owner, and no claims for extra payment will be allowed for any deviation from the original, unless specifically outlined In other portions of the Specifications. During con- struction, the Engine: will designate the type of bockfill to he used in each location throughout the project. Excavation and backfili for railroae crossings, service connections, major bridge underc. ,jsings, highway undercrossings, ditch crossings, river crossings, and canal crossings will be included under other applicable stardards. Addi- tional excavation for fire hydrants and similar appurtenances will be included under payment for the respective appurtenances. B. MATERIALS. B-l. Trench Excavation. Trench excavation shall be classified as common or rock excavation and shall include whatever materials are encountered to the depths as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. P. Trench Exc. b Backfill Std. -1- a. Common Excavation. Common excavation is defined as the removal of all material which is not classified as rock excavation. b. Rock Excavation. Rock excavation is defined as the removal of all material vhich by actual demonstration cannot, in the Engineer's opinion, be reasonably excavated with a 3/4-yard, Bucyrus Erie 22-B backhoe equipped with a 19-foot boom, general duty dipper and rock points, or similar approved equipment and which in, In fact, systematically drilled and blasted. The Engineer reserves the right to waive the demonstration if the material en- countered is well defined rock. The tern "rock excavation" shall be understood to indicate a method of removal and not i geological formation. Ro payment will be made for any method of rock removal other than system- atic drilling and blasting. If the Contractor elects to mechanically remove material which would be classified as rock by the above definition with excavating equipment of a larger size than specified hereinbefore, it shall be understood that the eat:sated costs for the removal of material by this method shall be included in the unit prices for the various classifications of common excavation Before systematl: drilling and blasting will be permitted, the Contractor shall expose the material by removing the common material above it; he shall then notify the Engineer who, with the Contractor or his representative, will measure the amount of material to be removed by drilling and blasting and will record the information; the Cc rector shall then drill, blast, and excavate the material. The method or me..hods of calculating and determining the quantity of rock shall be agreed upon for each occurrence where rock excavations, as herein defined, are encountered a_ ng the center line of the proposed pipeline. All such agreements between the above-mentioned parties shall be made a matter of record by both parties. B-2. Trench Backfill. a. Trench Backfill and Foundation Stabilization. Cravel f r Class 0 trench beckfill and foundation stabilization shall be clean, bank- or pit-run ^,ravel or crushed rock, having reasonably even gradation from coarse to fine. The maximum size shall be 4 inches. L. Imported Granular Material for Trench Backfill at Pipe Zone. laported granular material for trench bnckfill at the pipe zone shall be as specified in B-2.e. c. Selected Trench Side Material for Trench Back(111 in Pipe Zone. Selected trench side materla: useo for trench backfill in the pipe zone shall contain no rock, frozen soil, or other pieces of material larger than the foi•nwing: Max. Size of Backfill Pipe Material Particles Asbestos cement 1-inch Welded steel v/bituminous coating and felt wrapping 1-inch Plastic (PVC 4 ASS) 1-inch P,f.F.. 6 R. Std. -2- Concrete sever pipe 16" and smaller 1-1/2-inch Clay sewer pipe 18" and smaller 1-1/2-inch Cast Iron pipe 12" and smaller 1-1/2-inch Schedule 40 steel pipe and heavier 1-1/2-inch Concrete and clay pipe over 18" 2-1/2-inch Cast iron over 12" 2-1/2-inch Ductile iron 2-1/2-inch Cement-mortar coated steel pipe 2-1/2-inch d. Surfacing for Class E Trench Eackfill and Maintenance. Rock shall be 1-1/2-Inch minus crushed gravel or rock meeting applicable State Highway Department Specifications for base course materials. Samples of the material proocaed shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval, if requested. e. Gravel Baae for 1`lpe. Gravel base for pipe, where required or specified, shall be clean pea nr.vel or crushed rock with a maximum size of 3/4-Inch, uniformly graded from coarse to fine. Cleat beech sand, pit-run saner, or crusher-run reject sand may he substituted for gravel in trenches with no groundwater. B-3. Teat Holes. When test hole information is shown on the Plans, this information is presented to give same indication of the conditions to be en- countered deriug conecructfon and is ffered as supplementary information only. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer assumes any responsibility for the interpre- tation of the test hole data for subsurface conditions at other locations, The Contractor shall make his own estimate of the class and type of material to be encountered in the trenching, All information gathered by the Engineer concernlnn, possible crour.d conditions will be available at the office of the Engineer to interested ;,artics upon request. B-4 Water for french Backfil.l. It will be the Contractor's resrnnsi- brlity to make all the necessary arrangements far a source of water .and 'bear all coats for the delivery of the water to the trench side. C. WORKMANSHIP. C-1. General Construction Responsibilities and Procedures. 1. Public Safety and Convenience. The Contractor shall comply with all rules and regulations of the City, State, and County authorities regarding the closing of public scree- or highways to use of public traffic. No road shall be closed 4v the Contractor to the public, except by express permission of the Engineer. Traffic must be kept open on those roads and streets where no detour is possible. The Contractor shall, at all times, conduct his work so as to assure the least possible obstruction to traffic and normal commercial pursuits. All obstructions within traveled roadways shall be protected by approved signs, barricades, and lights where necessary or ordered by the Engineer for the safety of the traveling public. The convenience of the general public and residents along the pipelines, and the protection of persona and property, is of prime importance, and provisions shall be made therefor by the Contractor in an adequate and satisfactory manner. P.T.E. b B. Std, -3- The Contractor shall we every reasonable precaution to safeguard the persons and property of the traveling public. Failure of the Engineer to notify the Contractor to maintain barricades, barriers, lights, flares, danger signals, or watchmen shall not relieve the Contractor from his responsibility. All barricades and obstructions shall be protected at night by signal lights which shall be suitably distributed across the roadway and kept burning from sunset to sunrise. Whenever the Contractor's operations create a hazardous condition, he shall furnish flag-gin and guards as necessary or as ordered by the Owner to give adequate warning to the public of any dangerous conditions to be en- countered. he shall furnish, erect, and maintain approved fences, barricades, lights, signs, and any other devices that may be necessary to prevent accidents and to avoid dmiage and injury to the public. Flagmen and guards, while on duty and assigned to give warning to the public, shall be equipped with approved red wearing apparel and a red flag which shall be kept clean and in good repair. The Contractor will be required to protect stored materials, cultivated trees and crops, and other items located adjacent to the proposed construction. Property owners affected by the construction shall be notified by the Con- tractor at least 48 hours in advance of the time construction begins. During all construction operations, the Contractor shall construct and maintain such facilities as may be required to provide access by all property owners to their property. No person shall be cut off from access to his residence or place of business for a period exceeding 8 hours, unless the Contractor has made special arrangements with the affected persons. The Contractor shall provide for access at all times for livestock through farm areas; and no portion of farmlands in which livestock are pastured shall be cut off from ready access by the farm animals. b. Progress of Construction. It is the intent of these Contract Documents that the work shall proceed in a systematic manner so that a minimum of inconvenience will result to the public in the touts of construction. It ie, therefore, necessary that the Contractor confine his iterations to as small a length of work area per crew as is feasible. Except uno , .. of H..� Engineer, at no time shall the trenching equipment be farthe� thany inn feet ahead of each pipe laying crew. Backfilling of the trench shall us accomplished so no section of approved pipe shall be left open longer than 24 hours, except by permission of the Engineer. Complete backfill and cleanup shall be seem- plished after each section of pipe has been inspected and approved. The Engineer reserves the right to withhold line and grade on any pipeline when, in his opinion, excessive trench is being opened ahead of the pipe laying; when backfilling behind the pipe laying is not proceeding satisfactorily; when installation of appurtenant structures is seriously lagging behind the back- filling; pipe testing, as outlined herein, is not satisfactory; and when cleanup and restoration of all physical properties are lagging. Cleanup of all construction debris, excess excavation, excess materials, and complete restoration of all fences, mailboxes, ditches, culverts, sign- posts, and similar items shall be completed immediately following the final backfilling of the pipe trench. P.T.E. b B. Std. -4- c. Easements. Where portions o` the pipelines will be located on private property, easements end permits will be obtained by the Owner. The easements provide for the use of property for construction purposes to the extent indicated on the easements. Copies of these easements and permits are available from the owner for inspection by the Contractor. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the adequacy of the easement obtained in every use. The Contractor shall confine his const-uction operations to within the easement limits or street right-of-way limits or make special arrangements with the property owners for the additional area required. Any damage to private property, either inside or outside the limits of the ease- ments provided by the Owner shall be the responsibility of the Contractor as specified herein. Before final payment will be authorized by the Engineer, the Contractor will be required to furnish the Owner with written releases from property owners where side agreements or special easements havy been made by the Contractor or where the Contractor's operations, for any reason, have not been kept within the .onstruction right-ofway, obtained by the Owner. It is anticipated that all the required easements and permits will he obtained before construction is started. However, should the procurement of any easement or permit be delayed, the Contractor shall schedule hi- work in such a way that his operations are confined to areas where easementj or permits have been obtained or are not required, until such a time as 0,t easement or permit has been secured. d. Interferine Structures. The Contractor shall exercise all possible caution to prevent damage to existing structures whether abovegro• nr underground. An attempt has been made to show major structures on tht- Plans. While the information has been compiled from the beet available sources, its completeness and accuracy cannot he guaranteed, and it is presented simply as a guide to possible difficulties. All belowground and aboveground existing structures, whether or not they lie within the limits of the easements obtained by the Owner, shall be protected from damage; and where such existing fences, gates, barns, sheds, buildings, or any other structure must be removed in order to properly carry out the con- struction, or are damaged during construction, thev shall be restored to their original condition to the satisfaction of the property owner involved at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any damaged underground structure, and repairs or replacements shall be made before backfilling takes place. Small miscellaneous structures, such as mailboxes, signposts, fenceposts, etc., are not normally shown on the Plans. The Contractor stall remove and replace such mall miscellaneous structures as are necessary for the pipeline construction at his own expense without additional compensation from the Owner. The Contractor shall replace these structures in a condit+on as good as or better than theft original condition. If the Contractor encounters existing structures which will prevent the construction of the pipeline and which are not properly shown on the Plans, he shall notify the Engineer before continuing with the construction 'n order that the Engineer may make such field revisions as necessary to avoid conflict P.T.E. 6 R. Std. -5- with the existing structures. The cost of waiting or "downtime" during such field revisions shall be borne by the Contractor without additional cost to the Owner. If the Contractor shall fail to so notify the Engineer when an existing structure is encountered, but shall proceed with the construction despite this interferen -, he shall do so at his two risk. a. Contractor's Resnons bility for '.tiliry Properties and Service. At points where the Contractor's ,,ptration. could cause damage which might result n considerable expense, loss, and Inconvenience, such as excavations adjacent to or near railway, telegraph, telephone, television, power, oil, gas, water, sever irrigation, or other private or municipal systems, the Contractor's working operations shall be suspended until all arrangements necessary for the protection thereof have been made by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify all utility offices which are affected by the construction operation at least 48 hours in advance. Under no circumstances &hall the Contractor expose any utility without first requesting pecission and being granted to de so from the af(Ncted agency. It shall be the Con- tractor's responsibility, once permlssic:L has been granted, to locate, if necessary, and expose all of the existing underground utilities in advance of the trenching operation. Power notes less than 5 feet from the trench center line will be removed or protected at no cost to the Contractor. It shall be the Contractor's re- sponsibility to protect all other poles from damage. If interfering power poles, telephone poles, guy wires, or anchors are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 48 hours in advance of construction operations to permit the necessary arrangements with the affected utility company for pro- tection or relocation of the interfering structure. The Contractor shall be solely and direttly responsible to the Owner and operators of such properties for any damage, injury, expense, loss, inconvenience, delay, suite, actions, or claims of any character brought hecause of any injuries or damage which may result from the carrying out of the work to be done under the Contract. In the event of accidental, unintentional, and/or unauthorized ante-ruptinn to nunicipal or private utility services as a result of the Contractor's oper- ations, the Contractor shall promptly notify the roper authority. fie shall cooperate with the said authority in restoration of service as promptly as possible and shall bear all costs of repair. in no ca" shall interr,ptlon of any utility service be, allowed to exist outside working hours, unle.,e prior approval is received. Neither the Owner not its officers or agents shall be re. :Onsible to the Contractor for damages as a result of the location of the underground utilities being other than that shown on the Plans or for the existence of underground utilities not shown on the Plans. The Cr.,tractor shall replace, at his own expense, all existing utilities or structures removed or damaged during construction, unless otherwise provided for in these Contract bocuments or ordered by the Engineer. P.T.E.& B. Std. -6- f. Field Relocation. During the progress of construction, it is expected that minor relocations of the line will be necessary. Such relocations shall be made only by direction of the F.nRineer. Unforeseen obstructions en- countered as a reseit of such relocations wf ll not be sublects for tiaL.y for additional compensation by the Contractor to any greater extent than wnule have been the case had the obstructions been encountered along the on Rinal location, g. Site Restoration and Cleanup. The Contractor shall at all times during the work keep premises clean and orderly, and upon completion of the work shall leave Me project free cf rubbish or excess materials of any kind. During construction, the Contractor shall stockpile the excavated t^ench matertais so as to do the least damage to adjacent lawns, grassed areas, gardens, shrubbery, or fences, regardless of whether these are on private or public property'. All excavated materials shall be removed from grassed and planted areas; and these surfaces shall be left in a condition equivalent to their original condition and free from all rocks, gravel, boulders, or other foreign material. All existing drainage ditches and culverts shail be reopened and graded and natural drainage restored. Upon completion of all pipe laying and backfilling operations, the Coo-- tractor shall hand rake and drag all grassed and/or planted areas leaving all disturbed areas free from rocks, gravel, clay, or any other foreign material and ready, in all respects, for seeding by others the finished surface %hall conform to the existing surface, and shall be free draining, free rrnm holes, rough &pots, or other surface features detriment, to a seeded area. Upon completion of the project, all areas ul the Contractor in connection with the work shall be finished as toL ows: Project site, borrow, and storage areas properly cleared of all temporary structures, rubbish, and waste materials and property graded to drain and blend with the abutting Property; any waste area obtained by the Contractor for deposit of waste materials shalt be finished to properly drain and blend with the surrounding terrain. L. Street Cleanup During Const;action. All spilled dirt, gravel, or other foreign material caused by the Contractor's operations shall be cleaned from all streets and roads at the conclusion of each day's operntlnn. C1aanlnR shall be by grader and front-end loader supplemented by wnshtng with water, power brushing, and hand labor, 1. Ngt Prevention. All streets, roads, or detours used by the Contractor for hauling material to or from the construction area shall be given an nil dust preveative treatment or shalt Se .,ntlr,nily watered to prevent dust. Dust prevention measures shall be continuous until final acceptance by the Owner. P.T.E. 6 B. Std. -7- j. Irrigation and Drainage Ditches. The Contractor shall arrange his schedules so that construction will not interfere with the irrigation of cultivated lands or pasturelands. Construction operations shall be scheduled during the nonirrigating season through irrigated lands or at the option of the Contractor; construction may proceed during the irrigation season provided the Contractor shall construct, at his Own expense, such temporary irrigation ditches, turnouts, and miscellaneous structures approved by the Engineer which shall permit the land to be Irrigated by others during constructron. Following the backfill of the trenches, the Contractor shall t^-tore all irrigation and storm drain ditches destroyed, damaged, or otherwise modified during construction to a condition equivalent, in the opinion of the Engineer, to the condition of the ditch before construction. Ditches so reconstructed shall be built in their original locations, All backfill beneath ditches or ditch banks shall be water settled as specified herein. Packflll materials shall be so placed that the upper me foot of material contained in the re- constructed ditch cross section shall be topsoil, loam, or clay. Sand, gravel, or other porvirus materials shall pot be used in the construction of ditch banks. An approved mechanical tamper shall be used to compact the upper one foot of the ditch bottom and banks. k. Street Cleaning. Within 5 days after completion of all paving ar.d gravel shoulder resurfacing on any blerk or 500-font section of bituminous or concrete surfaced streets or roads, the Contractor shall remove all dirt, mud, rock, gravel, and other foreign material from the paved surface. After anv section of street or road has been cleaned and accepted by the Engineer, all subsequent cleaning will be the responsibility of the Owner. 1. Removal of Rock from Finished Surfaces. All loose rock and boulders larger than 2-inch diameter occurrin,t on the surface of road or street shoulders as a result of the Contractor's operations shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. Removal shall be by mechanical means or hand labor, or both if necessary. All loose material larger than 2-inch diameter shall be ctmoved prior to application of any required rock surfacing. i.2. Cle-ring [he RS¢h t-of-WeY. "here clearing of the right-of-way is necessary, it shall be completed prior to the start of the trenching. Trees and brush shall be out as near to the surface of the ground as practicable and piled for disposal. Disposal shall be by burning, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall observe all Federal and State laws relating to fire permits and local regulations relating to burning such materials. Under no conditions shall excavates materials be permitted to cover brush or trees prior to clearing and burning. Existing trees or tree limbs over 2 inches in diameter, whether on public or private property, are not to be removed unless they are within 4 feet of the trench center line, without permission from the Engineer. P.T.E. 6 8 Std. -8- it C-3. Obstructions. This item refers to obstructions which may be removed and do not require replacement. Obstructions to the construction of the trench such as, but not limited to, tree roots, stumps, abandoned pilini, buildings and concrete structures, logs, rubbish, and debris of all types shall be removed by the Contractor at his own expense without additional cope sation from the Owner. The Engineer will, if requested by the Contractor, make changes in the trench alignment to avoid major �bstruotlons, if such alignment changes can be made within the perpetual easement and right-of-way and without adversely affecting the intended fun.tioing of the facility. The Contractor shall pay all additional costs resulting .'-om such alignment changes. C-4. Removal of Topsoil. In all ca,:e3, where trenches cross lawns, garden areas, pasturelands, cultivated fields, or other areas on which reasonable topsoil conditions exist, the topsoil shall first be removed for a depth of 12 inches for the full width of the trench to be excavated. This topsoil shall he stockpiled to one side of the right-of-way and not mixed with the remairing excavated material. The topsoil shall be replaced in the top 12 Inches of the backfilled trench. Minimum finished depth of topsoil over all trenches shall be 10 inches. In lieu of stockpiling the top 12 inches of soil, the Contractor may substitute approved loam topsoil from borrow pits in the top 10 inches. The finished grade of the topsoil over the center line of the trench shall be maintained by the Contractor, at his own expense, level with the immediate area bordering the trench until final acceptance by the Engineer. All damage to adjacent topsoil, as a result of the trenching or pipe laying operations, shall be corrected by addition of topsoil, regrading and removal of all rock. gravel, clay, and any other foreign materials from the surface. C-5. Pavement Removal. All bituminous and concrete pavements, regardless of the thickness, shall be cut prior to excavation of the trenches with an approved pavement saw, hydrohammer, or other approved breaker. Width of the pavement cut shall be at least equal to the required width of the trench at ground surface. Pavement removed during excavation shall be piled separately from the earth spoil and removed from the site and shall not be used in back- filling the trench. ( -( Trench Width, Minimum width of unsheeted trenches in which pipe is to ae laid shall be IB inches greater than the inside diameter of the pipe, except by permission of the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated, the maximum clear width at the top of the pipe will not be limited, except in cases where excess width of excavation would cause damage to adjacent structures. In all cases trench widths shall be confined to dedicated right-of-way for public thoroughfares or within areas for which construction easements have been obtained, unless special arrangements have been made with the affected property owners. -7. Grade. The bottom of the trench shall be carried to the lines and grader shown on the Plans or as established by the Engineer, with proper allowance for pipe thickness and for gravel base or special bedding when required by the Engineer. Any part of the trench excavated below the grade as established by the Engineer shall be corrected with gravel of the type specified in B-2.e. for the full width of the trench in thoroughly compacted layers not to exceed 6 inches, to the established grade. P.T.E. d B. Std. -9- C-8. jhnrint. Shee!ins, and Bracing of Trenches. Whenever neressary to prevent caving during, excavation in sand, gravel, sandy soil, or other unstable material, the trench shall be adequately sheenl and braced. Where sheeting and bracing are used, trend widths shall be increased accordingly. Trench sheetim; shall remain in place until the pipe has been placed, back- filled at the pipe zone, tested for defects, and repaired, if necessary. All sheeting, shoring, and bracing of trenches shall conform to the requirements of the public agency having jurisdiction. - C-9 Location of Excavated Materials. During trench excavation, the Contractor shall locate the excavated material within the construction easement or right-of-way so that the excavated material will not ibstruct any private or public traveled roadways or streets. Material from trenches shall be piled and maintained so that the toe of the slope of the material excavated is at least one foot frnc the edge of the trench. It shall be the Contrattor's responsibility, however, to determine the safe loading of all trenches with excavated material. C-10. Removal of Water. The Contractor shall provide and maintain ample means and devices with which to promptly remove and dispose of all water entering the trench excavation during the time the trench is being prepared for the pipe laying, during the laying of the pipe, and until the backfill at the pipe zone has been completed. The Contractor shall dispose of the water in an approved manner without damage to adjacent property. C-11. Foundation Stabilization. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, the existing material in the bottom of the trench is unsuitable for supporting the pipe, the Contractor shall excavate below the flow line of the pipe, as directed by the Engineer, and backfill the trench to 4 inches helow the flow line of 12-inch and smaller pipe, and 6 inches below the flow line of 14-inch and larger pipe with gravel as specified in B-2.a . Base gravel, as specified in B-2.e. shall be used in the remaining 4 or 6 inches to bring the trench to grade. C-12. Trench gackfill at the Pipe Zone. The pipe none shall be con- sidered to be for the full width of the excavated trench from the bottom of the pipe to a point 10 inches above the top outside surface of the barrel of the pipe. Particular attention must be given to the area of the pipe zone from the flow line to the center line of the pipe to insure that fire support is obtained to prevent any lateral movement of the pipe during the final backfilling of the pipe zone. Selected trench side material from the trench excavation conforming to R-2.c, shall be hand placed in the trench simultaneously on both aides of the pipe for the full depth of the pips zone in layers not exceeding 6 inches. Each layer of select trench side material in the pipe zone shall be thoroughly tamped with approved tamping sticks and supplements, by "walking in" and slicing the material. In lieu of selected trench aide backfill material in the pipe zone, granular material conforming to 3-2.e., or other mattrfal approved by the P.T.E. 6 B. Std. -10- Engineer, may be substituted at the Contractor's option. No additional payment will be made, however, unless the Contractor is instructed by the Engineer to use imported material. C_13. Imnorted Granular Bactf111 at Pipe Zone. When in the opinion of the Engineer, insufficient or isuitable material exists at trench side for selected trench side pipe zone material, as specified in B-2.c., the Con- tractor shall, when directed by the Engineer, import and place selected granular backfill conforming to B-2.b. The imported granular material shall be placed and compacted in the same manner specified for selected trench side material in C-12. Extra payment for plating imported granular material back- fill In the pipe zone .till only be made when the Contractor has been instructei, by the Engineer to place the material, C_-14. Trench Backfill Above Pipe Zone. Backfill above the pipe zone shall be one or more of the following classes as specified. All earth, gravel, or other material used in backf1111ng shall be pushed first onto the slope of the backfill previously placed and allowed to roll down into the trench. The Contractor will not be allowed to push the backfill material Into the trench in such a way as to permit free fall of the material into the open trench until at least 2 feet of cover Is provided over the pipe, Under r• circumstances shall sharp, heavy pieces of material be allowed to drop directly onto the pipe or the tamped material around the pipe. The backfill material shall be free of consolidated masses 1/3 of a cubic yard and greater. Class 8 Backfill. After the completion of the backfilling of the pipe zone, the excavated trench material may be pushed back into the trench by mechanical means. Toe trench above the pipe zone shall. be back- filled to A point level with or slightly above the existing grade or .grpund surface, and after the manholes and service connections hnve been completed, water shall be placed in the trench section in conformance with C-17. No payment will be made for Class B excavation and backfill until the saturation of the trench and water settlement has been completed. After water settling, the trench shall be backfilled to slightly above finish grade with stockpiled materials from the excavation. The surface shall then be compacted for the entire trench width by no less than 5 passes with the wheels of a blade grader, loaded dump truck, or other similar equipment. The Contractor will be required to maintain the surface of the backfilled trench level with the existing grade by additions of rock conforming to B-2.d. until final pavement replacement is completed or the entire project is accepted by the Owner. Any subsequent settlement of the finished surfacing during the warranty period shall be the Contractor's responsibility and shall be promptly repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the owner. b. Class C Backfill. After the completion of the backfilling of the pipe zone, the excavated trench material may be pushed back into the trench by mechanical means. Where Class C backfill is used on private or public street or road rights-of-way, the trench shall be left with the backfill material neatly P.T.E. d B. Std. -11- mounded not more mart 6 inches above the existing ground for the full width of the trench. When Class C backfill is used under paved or ^,raveled streets, the trench shall be level with the existing grade. In all other locations where Class C backfill is used, the Contractor shall make his awn estimate of the backfill material required at the trench so that after normal settlement has occurred, the finished at rfacs will meet the existing grade. This material shall be neatly windrowed over the trench, and all excess haule and disposed of in accordance with C-16. Anv excess or deficiency of backfill material which becomes apparent after settlement and within the Contractor's guarantee period shall be the Contractor', responsibility and shall be corrected by regrading, disposal of excess material, and adding additional material where required. No payment will be made for Class C excavation and backfill in .rhes specified for water settling until the saturation of the trench and .e_er settlement has been compleced. c. Class D backfill. The entire trench above the pipe zone shall be backiilled with material conforming to 6-2.a. Compaction of the entire trench depth shall be accomplished by water settling in conformance with C-17, or compaction in suitable lifts with vibratory compactors, pneumatic or gasoline powered tampers, or hydraulic hammers. The Contractor shall determine the type of equipment and method to use and amount of compaction required to prevent subsequent settlement. 'Phe Contractor shall be required to maintain the surface of the b.,ckf tiled trench level with the existing grade with rock conforming to B-2.d. until pavement replacement is completed or the entire project is accepted by the Owner. Any subsequent settlement of the finished surfacing during the warranty period shall be the Contractor's responsibility and shall be promptly repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. d. Class F. Batkfill. The hack fill above the Pipe zone shall be placed to a depth 9 Snches below the ¢round surface. A ninimum of 9 tn.hes of crushed rock as specified in B-2.d. shall then be placed and con plcted over the entire trench surface by at least 5 passes with the wheels of a motor blade grader or other similar equipment. The final backfilled surface shell be at the sane level as the original surface. When water settlement of Class E backfill is required, the saturation of the trench shall be accomplished prior to the placing of the 9 inches of gravel as specified hereinbefore. No payment will be made for Class E exca- vation and backfill in trenches specified for water settling until the saturation of the trench and water settlement have been comnleted. Sufficient material shall be stockpiled along the trench to provide the make-up material required to backfill up to 9 inches below the ground surface after water settling is completed. Material as specified in B-2.d. shall then be placed in the trench as indicated above. Where water settlement is specified, the Contractor shall provide temporary crossings of the trench As required for the normal access and flow P.T.E. 6 9, Std. -12- of traffic urtil the eater settlement has been completed and the 9 inches of gravel have been placed. Any nongranular material used for this purpose 1n the 9-inch deep gravel tone below the ground surface shall be removed by the Contractor before crushed rock is placed as specified above. However, should the Contractor choose to use crushed rock for the temporary crossings, the removal of sane will not be required. C-15. Excess Excavated 4sterial. All excess excavated materials from any of the Contractor's operations shall be hauled and disposed of by the Contractor. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the disposal of the excavated material and shall bear all costs and retain any profit Incidental to such disposal. C-16. brainace Culverts. Drainage culverts which are at or near right angles to the pipeline and are removed by the Contractor shall be replaced in kind at the expense of the Contractor. If the pipe is damaged during removal, I t sha:l be dispose" of by the Contractor and new pipe furnished and installed. Culvert pipe that is in too poor condition for replacement because of age, physical conditions, or other reasons beyond the Contractor's control shall be disposed of by the Contractor and new pipe will be furnished by the Owner for ins'sl:atfon by the Contractor. Where the center line of the proposed pipeline Is within 4 feet of the center line of an existing parallel culvert, the Owner will pay the Contractor for removal and replacement of the culvert as stated in the Special Specifi- cations. If a parallel culvert is encountered within 4 feet of toe pipeline i center line and if payment provisions for removal and replacement have not been included in the Contract, removal and replacement of the culvert will be classified as Extrd work as defined in the General Conditions. All culvert pipe shall be replaced to the lines and grades established by the Engineer. Culverts shall not be replaced until the proposed pipeline is installed and the proper backfilling of the trench has been completed to the subgrade of the culvert. C-17, -xcavation by Blastinl.. a. Depth of Exravation. Where material is encountered which require systematic drilling and blasting for removal, It shall be excavated 4 inches below grade for pipe 12-inch and smaller, and 6 inches below grade for pipe larger than 12-inch. The trench shall then be brought to final grade with 4 or 6 inches of the gravel specified in B-2,e. b. L'se of Exp loaives. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the Contractor shall use the utmost care so as not to endanger life or property, cause slides, or disturb materials outside the neat lines of the trenches or excavations. All explosives shall be stored in a safe, secure manner in compliance with local lave and ordinances, and all such storage places shall be clearly marked, DANGEROUS EXPLO91VES. No explosives shall be left in an unprotected manner along or adjacent to any highway, street, alley, or other area where such explosives could endanger persons or property. Storage of explosives P.T.E. & B. Std. -13- shall be in accordance with the requirements of the State Industrial Accident Commission or similar appropriate body having jurisdiction in such matters in the st ,te in which the work is performed. Only persons experienced in the handling of explosives shall be allowed to use them on the work. Where state or local laws require that explosives be handled only by licensed personnel, it shall be the Contractor's responsi- bility to see that this requirement is met. The Contractor shall provide all necessary approved types of tools and devices required for loading and using explosives, blasting caps, and acces- sories. The Contractor shall conform his acts to and shall obey all Federal, State, and local laws that may be imposed by any public authority, or directions that may be given from time to time by the Engineer relative to the handling, placing, and firing rf explosives. So blasting shall be done adjacent to any portion of exposed work or structures, unless proper precautions are taken to insure that the structures and materials surrounding and supporting the same will not be damaged by the blasting. when blasting rock in trenches, the Contractor shall cover the area to be shot with blasting mat, or other approved type of protective material that will prevent the scattering of rock fragments outside of the excavation. The Contractor shall give ample warning to all persons within the vicinity prior to blasting, and shall station men and provide signals of danger in suitable places to warn people and vehicles before firing any blasts. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, all blasts shall be fired with an electric blasting machine which shall not be connected in the circuit until just prior to the time for firing, and then shall be con^ected by the man who will operate the blasting machine. After a blast has eon fired, the blaster shall make a minute inspection to determine if all chs- as have exploded before employees are allowed to return to the operation, disfires shall be corrected in accordance with the requirements of the appli able portions of the State or local safety code for blasting. The Contractor shall be re- sponsible for any and all damages to property or injury to persons resulting from blasting, or accidental or premature explosions that may occur in connection with his use of explosives. c. Repair of ;ge. In case injury from blasting occurs to anv portion of the work or to the material surrounding or supporting the same, the Contractor, at his own expense, shall remove such damaged work, repair the work, and replace the material surrounding or supporting the same, or shall furnish such material and perform such work for repair or replacement as the Engineer shall order. Any damage whatever to any existing structures due to blasting shall be promptly, completely, and satisfactorily repalred by the Contractor at his own expense. C-IB Water Settling of Trench 4ckf111. The trench shall be backf111ed as specified hereinbefore, to a point level with or slightly above the required grade to allow for settlement. After all structures are completed and all subsurface utilities have been restored to their original condition, water shall be placed in the trench section In such quantities and in such a manner that all portions of the backf111 for the entire trench depth become saturated. Water settling shall be accomplished by water jetting at a minimum pressure of 35 psi through a minimum one-inch pipe and supply hose. The P.T.E. S B. Sid. -14- jetting pipe shall be extended into the backfill to within 2 feet above the pipeline and operated until the trench is thoroughly saturated. The Setting shall start at the lower end of the trench. The pipe shall be inserted on both sides of th- trench and at maximum 6-foot intervals. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the correct procedures and provide the quantity of water required in every case to effect complete water settlement of the backfilled material. Any subsequent settle- ment of the trench or ditch during the Contractor's guarantee period shall be considered to be the result of improper water settlement and shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. D. PAYMENT. Payment for the work specified under this standard will be made at the unit prices stated in the Contractor's Proposal and shall be included under the following items. Computation of quantities will be as indicated for each item and will be based upon measurements made by the Engineer. D-1, Trench Excavatior and Backfill. Payment for trench excavation and backfill will be made at the respective unit prices per linear foot stated in the Contractor's Proposal for the trench excavation and the class of back- fill used, and all incidental wort„ The length of trench for which payment will be made will be based on the measured center line length of pipe and fittings in place, except that trench excavation and backfill for lure am items will not he paid for under this item. Payment for trench excavation and the respective backfill shall constitute full compensation for all work specified under this item. The price bid per linear foot shall also be considered to include any extra excavation required to provide space for gravel base where specified or ordered by the Engineer. The bid price shall also include any incidental excavation and backfill necessary to widen the trench for installation of branch-line fittings. D-2. Foundation Stabilization. Payment for this item will be based on the unit price per cubic yard as set forth in the Contractor's Proposal. Measurement will be based upon individual trip tickets of actual truck measure furnished the Engineer for each cubic yard used under this section. Trip tickets shall be presented to the Engineer for his signature on the day the material is delivered. No payment will be allowed on trip tickets not to validated ' • the Engineer. Payment for this item shall be considered full payment for all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary to furnish materials at trench side and for placing it in the trench and for the extra depth of trench excavation required below flow line grade to provide for a stable base for the pipe. This item is to provide for unstable base en- countered in the progress of the work and shall be used only under the direction of the Engineer. D-J. Imported Granular Backfill for the Pie Zone. far this item will be based on the un'• price per cubic yard as set fort' the Contractor's Proposal. Measurement .l conform to 1-2. Since payment r placing and compacting the pipe zon backfill is already included in A-1, payment for P.T.E. 6 8, Std. -15- imported granular backfill at the pipe zone under this item shall be con- sidered full payment for all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary to furnish and place the material at trench side and for any extra costs in handling or placing in the pipe zone. Imported granular materiel will be paid for only when authorized by the Engineer, and will only be used in areas pf the pipe zone where selected trench side material has been specified. D 4. "star Settlement of Trench backfill. The work required under this Stem shall be paid for on a linear foot basis. The payment per linear foot will be the amount set forth in the Contractor's Proposal and shall be con- sidered as full payment for all equipment, labor, materials, and Incidentals necessary to furnish water at trench side and placing the water in the trench in such quantities as to effect complete water settlement of the backfill, Payment for water settlement of Class B backfill is included under D-1, D-S, Rock Excavation. Rock excavation shall be measured for payment u the actual quantity of rock removed within the following limits: a. Depth. Maximum depth for payment purposes shall be 6 inches below grade invert elevation) of the proposed pipeline. b. Width. Maximum width for payment purposes shall be 24 inches greater than the Inside diameter of the proposed pipeline. Payment for rock excavation will be based on the unit price per cubic yard set forth in the Contractor's Proposal an(l will be paid in addition to the linear foot payment for trench excavation and backfill under D-1. Payment for rock excavation shall include full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, and incidentals necessary to drill, blast, and excavate the material. No payment will be made for rock excavated below the required grade or outside the widths mentioned ;above, and no payment will be made for the rock removal by any method other than drilling and blasting. }sae P.T.E. 6 B. Std. -16- STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE (Index follows Pq4 24) , Revised: 30-4-66 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE Reference herein is made to Standards, Tests, Methods, and Specifications of research and technical organizations, as follevs: AWS American Welding Society ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AASHO American Association of State Highway Officials CR31 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CRD Corps of Engineers Item Standard S ecification Test or Mat hod Designatto,, fM AAS O O, . 8-1 Cement C 150 8-3 Concrete Aggregates C 33 C 87 B-6 Steel Reinforcement A 305 A 15 A 1R5 A 82 B-8 Air-Entraining Ad- mixture C 260 CRD-C 13 B-10 Asphalt 6 Asphalt Primer M IB M 115 M lit 8-11 Rubber Asphalt Seal D 1190 8-12 Prom, led Joint Filler D 994 D 1751 D 1752 P-14 Copper Waterstop B 157 8-17 Plastic Watentop CRD-C 572 C-8 Teats of Concrete C 31 C 39 All references to the ab. 1 Specifications, Standards, or Methods shd L' , in each instance, be understood to refer to the latest adopted revision, including all amendments. Conc. Stds. -1 B. MATERIALS B-1. Cemenc. Cement used shall conform to ASTM C 150, except that the tota alkali outent, when determined as the mixed sulphates of sodium and potassium and calculated to sodium oxide, shall not be greater than 0.6 of one percent. Unless otherwise specified in the Special Specifications or authorized by the Engineer, Tvpe 1 cement shell be furnished. B-2. Water. water for concrete shall be clean and free from oil, acid, alkal , o� —matter, or other deleterious substances. Water furnished by the Owner will be considered as meeting the above requirements. B-3. Concrete Aere etes. Concrete aggregates shall conform to ASTM C 33�, or tohe t e�pplicable specifications of the State Highway Depart- ment for Bridge Constriction of the state in which the work is to be per- formed. Fine aggregate, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 87, shall develop a compressive strength at 7 and 28 days of not less than 85 percent of that developed by the standard mortar specified in ASTM C 87 as the basis of comparison. The size of coarse aggregate shall he that specified in the Special Specifications. B-w. Admixturc for Nonshrinkin Grout. The nonshrinking admixture shall a metallic material which will reduce and control shrinkage and shall be Embeco, as manufactured by Master Builders Company, Cleveland, Ohio, or an approved equal. Unpolished aluminum r. Wder may be used as an admixture to control shrinkage subect to approval of the Engineer. B-5. Drypack Grout. a. Nonsh�rinkingType. Drypack grout for water-holding basins and as otherwise specified to be nonshrinking shall consist of one part portland cement, one pert of fine sand, and one part Embeco, or other approved admixture. Proportions shall be established by weight. Where a nonstaining, nonshrinking grout is required, unpolished aluminum powder shall be used and the proportions shall be in accordance with the manu- facturer's recommendations as approved. Only sufficient water shall be added to the mixture to produce a dry, crumbling mass. When the mixture is pressed tightly together into a ball with the hands, there should not be sufficient water in the mixture to stain the hand^, and when such a ball is broken, it should crumble. b. Ordinary Type. Drypack grout for use in other than water- holding basins, unless otherwise specified, shall consist of one part portland cement to 2 parts of sand. Proportions s: ill be established by volumetric measurements. Only sufficient water shall be added to make a dry, crumbling mass. When the mixture is pressed tightly together into a ball with the hands, there should not be sufficient water in the miNture to stain the hands, and, when such ball is broken, it should crumble. B-6. Steel Reinforcement. Reinforcement shall be plain or deformed steel bars or cold-drawn steel wire, or fabricated forms of these materials as required by the Plans or the Specifications, or both. Bar reinforcing Conc. Stds. -2- shall conform to ASTM A 15 and A 305. Cold-drawn steel wire and welded wire fabeic shall conform to ASTM A 82 and A 185, respectively. Deformed bars shall be rolled from intermediate grade steel billets, unless otherwise soecif led. B-7, Forms. Plywood or steel forms shall be used on all exposed wall surfaces an s all extend to a minimum of 6 inches below finished grade on exterior surfaces or the normal waterline cn the inside of uncovered basins, unless othe.�ise specified. Lumber used in forms for surfaces where plywood is not required shall be dressed to a uniform thickness and shall be free from loose knots or other defects. Upon approval by the Engineer, steel or plywood panel forms may be used to form walls of curved shape. B-9. Concrete Admixtures. The air-entraining admixture furnished shall be approved by the ng sneer and shall conform to ASTM C 260, or G.S. Army Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-C 13. Admixture furnished for use as a water-reducing and cement-dispersing or plasticizing agent shall be Pozzolith (Normal), as manufactured by the Master Builders CwPany, Cleveland, Ohio, or approved equal. Pozzolith Retarder and High-Early admixtures may be used in lieu of Pozzolith (Narmai) to suit job conditions subject to approval of the Engineer. Water-reducing admixture shall be providad for concrete mixes when specified in the Specia: Specifications. Use of substitute admixtures will not be approved without verification, satisfactory to the Engineer, of the chemical properties of the admixture and its effects on the concrete mix as substantiated by labora- tory reports and certified experience records. B-9. Bonding Agent. Bonding agent for handing new ccnorete to existing concrete s a e ta-Crete, as manufactured by Sta-Crete, Inc., San francisco, California, or Epoxy Bond MPC, Code 2090-Special, is manufactured by £loco Technical Producers, Inc., Long Beach, California, or an approved e.rwal. B-10. Asphalt. Where indicated on the Plans. surfaces of concrete at aoints s a 1 be pa nted with asphalt meeting AASHC M 115 renuirement:. Asphalt primer for use with sealing asphalt shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 116. Hot-poured asphalt filler s.`.All conform to AASHO M 18, Grade A. with the added requirement that the specific gravity sha:l be more than on*. B-11. Poured Rubber-As halt Joint Seal in Material. Pourer rubber- aspha t 7 o-nt sealing mate; ra sal. can crm to ASTM D 1190. B-12. Premolded Joint Filler. Premolded Joint filler shall 1« a bituminous type con orm ng to A_ D 994. Bituminous cellular types conforming to ASTM D 1751 or D 1752, Type III, may be used in dry interior locations Where sponge rubber type is shown on the Flans, it shall be cement color con- forming to ASTM D 1752, Type 1. B-13. Steel Watersto for Construction Joints. Steel waterstop in construction joints o.a 1 -gauge, .ot- p galvanized sheet metal. Width shall be 6 inches, unless otherwise noted on the Plans. Conc. Stds. -3- B-14. Copper Matersto.. Copper waterstops shall be formed of 18-amce, cold-Tolle sheet copper of suitable temper, meeting the requirements of ASTM B 152. Materstops shall be Formed as shown on the Plans. B-15. Rubber Matersto . Rubber waterstop shall be molded or extruded and shall be abricated from a high-grade, tread type compound. Materstop shall be Gates Type B or Type C. or an approved equal as shown on the Plans. Intersection pieces shall be furnished to provide a continuous seal. B-16. Gab rinth Matersto . Labyrinth type waterstop shall be of size shown on t e ans and sal a Harza Labyrinth type waterstop as supplied by dater Seals, Inc., Chicago, Illinois, or approved equal. B-17, Plastic Naterstop. Plastic waterstop shall be extruded from an elastomeric plastic compound, the basic resin of which shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC). The compound shall contain any additional resins, plasti- cizers, stabilizers, or other materials needed to insure that, when the material is compounded, it will meet performance requirements herein. The material shall not, however, contain an excessive amount of inert filler added for the purpose of increasing the unit weight of the compound. Specific gravity shall be approximately 1.37 and the Shore Durometer Tyoe A hardness, approximately 80. No reclaimed PVC shall be used in the compound. Plastic waterstop shall be resistant to alkalies, acids, salt water, fungi, petroleum products, sewage, and organic compounds. Waterstop shall be produced by an extrusion process such that, as supplied for use, it will be dense, homogeneous, and free from holes and other imperfections. The waterstop, or the material from which the waterstop is fabricated, shall meet the following performance requirements when tested by the methods outlined in the Corps of Engineers Specification CPD-C 577, a. Samples taken from the finished waterstop shall meet the following requirements: Number of Speci- mens Tested Requirements At least 5 Tensile strength not less than.......... 1400 psi Ultimate elongation, not less than...... 28D% b. Samples taken from the sheet material from which the waterstop is made shell meet the ,oFIoowing reg-_,m-ents: Number of Speci- mens Tested Requirements At least 5 Tensile strength, not less than......... 175c psi Ultimate elongation, not less than...... 350% At least 3 Low temperature brittleness, no sign of failure, such as c,acking or chipping at...................................... .35e P. Cont. Stds. -4- Number of Speci- mens Tested Requirements At least 3 Stiffness in flexure, 1/4-inch span, not less than........................... 400 psi Cffect of Alkalies Change in weight after 7 days, between................................. .0.10 and ♦0.25$ Change in Shore Durometer reading after 7 days, not more than................... *5 Change in weight after 28 days, between,................... ....... ..... .0.30 and 10.4og Change in thickness after 28 days, not more than........... ................ .1.c% c. Samples taken across job-made splices should meet the fclicw;n,, requirements: Number of Speci- nens Tested Re ui rem ents As directed Tensile strength, not less than......... 1120 psi Waterstop shall be of the shape and dirensions shown on the Plans or specified in the Special Specifications. The cross section of the waterstop shall be uniform along its length and shall be symmetrical transversely so that the thickness at any given distance from either edge of the waterstcp will be uniform. Waterstop shall have a constant thickness from the edge of the bulb to the outside edge. All waterstops shall have a number of parallel ribs or protrusions on each side of the center of the strip. Corrugated type or tapered waterstops are not acceptable. Dimensional Requirements Ordinary Conditions: Thickness, minimum.................................... 3/16 inch Width, minimum........................................ 6 inches Weight, minimum, pounds per 100 linear feet.......... . 75 pounds 6-inch waterstop for expansion joints: Type.................................................. Center bulh Weight, minimum, pounds per 100 linear feet........... 135 pounds Thickness, minimum.................................... 3/8 inch Conc. Stds. -5- Dimensional Requirements (Cont'd.) 9-inch waterstop for exrar.sion Joints: Type.............. ................................... Center bulb Weight, minimum, pounds per 100 linear feet........... 205 pounds Thickness, minim.mi........I........................... 3/8 inch 13-18. Floor Hardener (Surface-Applied). Floor hardener shall be a color- less, aqueous so ution or zinc and/or magnesium fluosilicate, or of sodium silicate. Each gallon of the fluosilicate solution shall contain not less than 2 pounds of crystals. The sodium silicate solution shall be 32 percent by volume of 42-degree Baume sodium silicate. An approved proprietary hardener such as Saniseal, as manufactured by the Master Builders Company, may be used provided the solution is delivered ready for use in the manufacturer's original containers. C. WORKMANSHIP C-1. Proportioning, a. Submission, of Samples of Materials. Immediately upon receipt of notification to begin work and upon request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer samples of the aggregate which he proposes to use in the construction, together with samples of the cement and air-entraining or cement-dispersion admixtures whici he plans to use. b. Proportions. Proportions indicated in Table I of the Special Specifications w 1T1 provide the basis for estimating the type of mixture and the materials and methods necessary for placing the concrete, and are based on the use of aggregates available locally in the vicinity of the work. The actual proportions to be used will be based on tests made on samples - the aggregate, cement, and admixture submitted by the Contractor. The Engineer will make the necessary test and design the mixture. The Owner will bear the expense of the tests necessary to design the concrete mixture for one set of aggregate samples. Should the Contractor desire tests run or mixtures de- signed for additional samples of aggregate, such tests shall be made by the Engineer but shall be at the expense of the Contractor. Acceptance by the Engineer of a giver, aggregate on the basis of preliminary tests shall not prevent the Engineer from later rejecting aggregate from the same source if subsequent tests indicate that the aggregate nc longer meets the requirements for grading am; quality given herein. The cement factor specified is that required for concrete of the desired strength using local aggregates. The Contract is to be based on this ceme.rt factor and the other proportions specified. If the subsequent mix design indicates a change from the specified cement content is necessary, the Engi- neer may order such change, and the Contract price shall be increased or diminished accordingly, in proportion to the increase or reduction of cement and the current market price of cement in the locality, unless otherwise provided for in the Proposal. This price adjustment shall be made on the basis of cost to the Contractor of cement only, without allowance for Conc. Stds. -6- overhead, profit, anticipated profits, or other indirect costs. If the Contractor chooses to use other than local aggregate, and greater or lass cement than that specified for local aggregate is required to obtain the desired strength, or if he elects to increase the cement factor to correct for shortages oO fines in the aggregate, or for any other reason, no adjustment of the Contract price will. be made. Strength deter, inat,cns will be made as specified under C-S. c. Cement Factor. The cement factor given in the Special Specifi- cations indicates t e num r of 94-pound sacks of cement per cubic yard of concrete when the concrete !s in a freshly mixed condition. The volume of the freshly mixed concrete shall be assumed to be the absolute volume of the cement, plus the volume of the mixing wat-r, plus the displaced volumes of the saturated, surface-dry aggregates. The quantity of mixing water to be used in this calculation shall not include water absorbed by the aggregates. d. Variations in Proportions. In order to obtain proper xcrk bil t:} and a smooth, ens3" `e-Fm­cgeneous, plastic mixture, free from segregation, the percentage of fine aggregate may be varied during the progress of the work with the approval of the Engineer. e. Water Content and Slump Range. The maximum quantity of water per 94 pounds o cement specs ed in t e Spacial Specifications shad be based on saturated, surface-dry aggregates. The slump range indicated iu the Special Specifications is intended as a guide to the Cobtractor for the determinatiun of placing and compacting procedures and equipment. Withln the range specified, the slump shall be as directed by the Engineer. If thr concrete has a greater slump than the maximum indicated, the pmportlac cf water shall be reduced to meet the slump requirements. If the concrete h.,s a smaller slump than the minimum indicated, changes in the mixture sh:li iw made as specified hereinbefcre in C-l.d. or water may be added with t".e approval of the Engineer. r-1. Measurement of Materials. a. Nei ht Measurement. Materials shall be measured by wr 'rl:.t The apparatus provided or weighing the aggregates and cement shall suitably designed and constructed for this purpose. The equipment weighing materials shall provide convenient and positive means for ning the quantities in the batch of concrete. Bins with adequate sq,l)..; compartments for fine aggregates and for each required size of coarse e. gate shall be provided in the hatching plant. Each compartment sha:.! designed to discharge efficiently and freely into the weighing hop,e••. Means of control shall be provided so that as the quantity desired , h weighing hopper is approached, the material may be added slowly ar.,i e, . off with precision. a port or other opening for removing an overloa,' ,n( sampling materials from the weighing hopper shall be provided. Wei;,,nrt hoppers shall be constructed so as to eliminate accumulations of tare ma- terial and discharge fully. Fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, and ce^lon- shall be weighed separately. Cement in standard packages (sack) nee,' :ar be weighed. Cone. Stds. -7- Mixing water shall be measured by volume or by weight. neighing of materials for a batch shall be within the following limits of accuracy; Water, 1 percent; cement, 1 percent; and aggregate, 2 percent. All measur- ing devices shall be subieet to approval of the Engineer. The batching plant shalt be of adequate capacity and acceptable to the Engineer. The Engineer reserves the right to disapprove of faci Li Ties which in his opinion are inadequate and/or do not conform to the Specification rerui remehts. b Ve ametric Measurement. Where volumetric measurements are authorized—bv t' nglneer, t e weight proportions shall be converted to equivalent voles atric proport+ons. In such case, suitable allowance shall be made for variations in the , -isture condition of the aggregates, including the bulking effect in the fine aggregate. c. Measurement of Air-Entrairin Admixture. The air-entz ining admixture steal int uced with Me water. Accurate means of measuring the amount of air-entraining admixture shall be provided, and the mix shall be controlled to maintain an entrained air content of not less than 3 percent nor more than 6 percent, unless otherwise specified in the Special Specifi- cations. d. Measurement of Water-Peducing Admixture. Accurate means of measuring the amount of rOzzOlitit admixture shall be provided. The quantity used per batch and the method of introducing and mixing shall be in accord- ance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C-3. Mixing. a. Equipment. The mixing equipment shall be capable of combining the aggregates, cement, and water within the specified time into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass and of discharging the mixture without segregation. b. Machine Mixing (at Site or it Central wising Plant). Ugless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the mixing of concrete shall be done in a batch mixer of approved type. The equipment at the mixing plant shall he so constructed that all materials entering the drum can be accurately pro- portioned and be under control. The entire batch shall be discharged before recharging. The volume of the mixed material per batch shall net exceed the manufacturer's rated capacity of the mixer. Except as qualified in C-3.c. to C-3.e., mixing ct each batch shall' continue for the periodt indicated below during which time the drum shall rotate at a peripheral speed of about 200 feet per minute. The mixing periods shall be measured from the time when all of the solid materials are in the mixer drum, provided that all of the mixing water shall be introduced before one-quarter of the mixing time has elapsed. Mixing time shall be as follows: (1) For mixers of a capacity of one cubic yard or less, 1-1/2 minutes; and, (2) for mixers of capacities larger than one cubic yard, the time of nixing shall be increased 15 seconds for each additional l/2 cubic yard capacity or fraction thereof. Conc. Stds. -8- c. Truck Mixing. Truck mixers Shall be watertight and, unless otherwise authorized y t e Engineer, shall be of the revolving-drum type. All solid materials for the concrete shall be accurately measured as specified in C-2 and charged into the drum at the proportioning plant. The mixing water may be added directly to the batch, but all truck mixers shall be equipped with a tank for carrying mixing water. when water is to be added subsequent to dry charging at the plant, onl•, the prescribed amount of water shall be placed in the tank unless the tank is equipped with a device by which the quantity of water added can be readily verified. The maximum size of batch in truck mixers shall be in accordance with the ,pecifi*d rating. Truck mixing shall be continued for not less than 5o revolutions after all ingredi- ents, including the water, are in the drum. The speed shall not be less than u rpm nor more Than a speed resulting in a peripheral velocity of the drum of 225 feet per minute. Not more than 150 revolutions of mixing shall De at a speed in excess of 6 rpm. Nixing shall begin within 30 minutes after the cement has been added either to the water or aggregate. d. Partial 9ixin ai Cenirai Plan:. when a truck mixer or an agitator prcvi a with a equate mixing lades is used to- transportation, the mixing time at the stationary machine mixer may be reduced to 30 seconds and the mixing completed in a truck mixer or agitator. The mixing time in the truck mite,- or agitator, equipped with mixing blades, shall be as specified for truck ^icing in C-3.c. e. Time of H ulinc Read Mixed Concrete. Concrete transported in a truck sixer, agitator, or other transportation bevice shall be discharged at the lob within 1-1r2 hours after the cement has been added to the water or the aggregates. f. Ream rring. The reteepering of concrete or mortar in which the ce,*�ent has partialR,hydrated will not be permitted. �. Air-Entraining Admixture. The air-entraining admixture shall be added to the mixer at t e time ofmixing in such a manner as to insure uniform distritution of the admixture throurhout the Latch, An air meter shall be provided for measuring the air content of concmte at the jobsite, unless otherwise approved. Air-entraining admixture shall not be used unless suitable means for determining air :ontent in the freshly mixed concrete are available. At the option of The Engineer, entrained air may be eliminated in interior slabs on ground and at other locations where appearance may be of greater importance than additional durability or impermeability. C-u. €orms. a. !general. forms shall conform to the shape, lines, grades, and. • dimensions of the concrete as called for on the Plans, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Lumber once used in forms shall have nails with- drawn and surfaces to be in contact with concrete cleaned before being used again. Reuss et forms and form lumber will be permitted only when the con- dition of forms or form lumber is approved by the Engineer. It is the intent Of this Specification to maintain 'new form" appearance for all work. Cone. Stds, -9- Suitable moldings or fillets shall be placed in the tops of the forms and in the crotch of the forms to bevel all concrete edges. Moldings shall also be placed on all discontinuous edges. Bevels shall be approximately 3/4 inch in depth. All bevels and fillets, except as otherwise shown on the Plans, shall be the same size. Where the tops of walls are given a trowel finish, an edging. tool may be used instead of fillets. L. Design. Forms shall be sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. They shall be properly braced or tied together so as t� maintain the desired position and shape until removed. Bolts and rods shall preferably be used for internal ties. Ties for water-holding structures and on walls _ exposed to weather or earth shall have conical or sphe.ical type inserts and shall be so constructed that when the forms are removed no metal shall be within 5/8 inch of any surface. Plastic or rubber inserts shall he used with flat bar ties for panel forms and shall be a minimum of one inch in depth and of sufficient dimensions to permit proper grouting of the tie hole. Snap ties for water-holding basins shall be constructed with a waterstop. The Engineer may direct the use of one type of insert or head where appearance is important. Flat washer type heads may be used on concealed walls which are to receive a finish coat of stucco, plaster, or wall board. Openings shall be proviced s4ch that concrete is dropped no farther than 0 feet in walls 8 inches or less in width, and not more than 12 feet in walls wider than 8 inches. Temporary openings shall be provided at the base of wall forms and at other points where necessary to facilitate cleaning and inspection immedi- ately before depositing concrete. Forms shall be constructed and maintained to insure satisfactory fit of all components of the structures but in no case shall the following tolerance limits of the finished work be exceeded: Tolerances for Peinforced Concrete Structures Variation from the plumb: In the lines and surfaces of columns, piers, walls, and in arrises; In 10 feet.................. .......................... 1/4 inch In any story or 20 feet maximum.............. ......... 3/8 inch For exposed corner columns control-joint grooves, and other con- spicuous lines; In any bay or 20 feet maximum......... .. .............. 1/4 inch Variation from the level or from the grades indicated on the Plans: In floors, *ceilings, beam soffits, and in arrises; In 10 feet............... ... ...................I...... l/4 inch In any bay or 20 feet maximum......................... 3/8 inch For exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines; In any bay or 20 `eet maxim sm.......... 1/4 inch In 40 feet or more.............. ....I.......... . ..... 1/2 inch *Applies to concrete only, not to reinforcing bars or dowels. Cont. Stds. -10- Variation of the linear building lines from established position in Plan and related position of columns, walls, and partitions: In any bay or 20 feet maximum......................... 112 inch In 40 feet c•r more......... .......... ................. 1 inch Variation in the sizes and locations of sleeves, floor openings, and wall openings................................................... 1/4 inch Variation in cross-sectional dimensions of columns and beams and in the thickness of slabs and walls: Minus.............. ................................. 1/4 inch Plus........ . . ........................................ 1/2 inch Footings: Variation in dimensions in Plan; Minus................................................. 1/2 inch Plus.—-........­..................... .......... 2 inches Misplacement or eccentricity; 2 percent of the footing width in the direction of misplacement but not more than................... .... 2 inches Reduction in thickness; Minus.................................56 of specified thickness Variation in steps: In a flight of stairs; Rise....... .....I..................................... 1/8 inch Tread—.......... ........................... 1r4 inch In consecutive steps; Rise...........................I...................... 1/16 inch Tread..................I.............................. 1/8 inch Tolerances for Pavements Pavements and roadways: Departure from established alignment.......... .......... ... +112 inch Departure from established longitudinal gr .e on any line.. ZIA inch • c. Oiling. The inside of forms shall be coated with nonstaining mineral oil or ether approved material. Where oil is used, it shall be applied before the reinforcement is placed. d, Removal of Forms. The removal of forms shall not be started until the concrete has attained the necessary strength to support its own weight and any constriction live loads as well as strength to prevent cracking Conc. Stds. -11- Or chipping when the forms are removed. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from premature removal of forms. Forms and shoring for aboveground slabs or trams shall remain in place a minimum of 14 days or until the concrete has reached a compressive strength equal specified 18-day c to 2/3 She ompressive strength as determined by test cylinders as specified in C-8. Earth backfill shall not be placed against walls below grade until the concrete has obtained a compressive strength equal to 2/3 the specifik_ 28-day compressive strength, except as otherwise directed by the Engine^. C-5. Constriction and Ex ansion Joints. (See also page le) a. -remolded joints. Pre-molded joint filler shall be placed in the forms in the proper p�LlOn before concrete is poured, and nails at about one foot on centers shall be driven through the filler so as to extend into the concrete when it is poured and hold the filler in position. Pre_ molded joint filler shall be installed ir. ail walks to provide expansion and contraction joints at not more than 40-foot intervals and at all changes in direction or intersections. b. wateratops. The waterstop shall be correctly positioned in the forms so that the center of the waterstop is centered on the joint. In cases where preformed expansion joint material is used in conjunction with the waterstop, allowan_e shall be made for equal waterstop embedment on each side in the concrete. Naterstop shall be held in place in the forms by use of a split form Cr other approved method that will positively hold the waterstop in correct position. The waterstop may be held in place in the forms by driving nails at about 12-inch intervals adjacent to, but not through the waterstop. Nails may be driven into the form and then bent over the waterstop strip tO hold it in position. During any concrete pour around the waterstop, the half which is being embedded in the concrete shall be rigidly supported in an approved manner so that the final position of the waterstop wall be in a straight line. Concrete being placed around the waterstops shall be well vibrated in order to obtain impervious concrete in the vicinity of all joints, In horizontal joints extreme care shall be taken during the placing of concrete to insure that the area below the waterstop is -ompletely filled with concrete. The method of installation of the waterstop and the method to hold the waterstop in proper position during and after the pouring of concrete shall be appr.,ved of by the ElU7. er before the concrete pour is begun. (1) Natersto s In Construction Joints joints . All construction inconcrete, liqui , or gas- olding basins shall be provided with steel wateratops, unless otherwise noted (See B-13).shall be rigidly held in place in the forms Vertical wateratops , and concrete shall be thoroughly worked around the metal. Horizontal waters tops shall be placed immediately _ after the pour is completed and before c,rcrete has begun to set.shall be puddled to level the concrete and then the waterstop prope Each side rly embedded. After the concrete has set to the point where the surface can be cut with a broom or a stream of water, tiie surface shall b- cut off to a rough finish with all iaitance removed and the concrete left clean. petal strips for wateratops shall be provided in the maximum length practicable; and, where strips are spliced, they shall be lapped ai least 12 inches. Conc. Stds. -12- (2) !tbl rincb. Watersto s. Labyrinth type waterstops shall be installed in accordancerdance wifacturer's directions. Splices and intersections shall be joined by heat to make a continuous, strong, water- tight seal. (1) Ex ansion Joints with Co er Waterszo . Copper expansion joints shall be accurate y nt to s ape anc piacea in position as shown on the Plans. Adjacent strips shall be lapped and soldered :o make watertight joints. All joints shall be protected from damage at all times. Special joint pieces as shown on the Plans shall be used at intersections. The first piece fabricated of each type shall be carefully checked in its relation to adicining pieces to insure that there is no error in either the Plans or the builder's pattern. Any errors found shall be corrected before additional pieces are .fabricated. All ioints, both shop and field, shall be lapped not less than 1/2 inch and continuously soldered or brazed on each edge of the lap. (u) Ex ansion .:eints with Pubber Yatersto . The rubber waterstop shall be installed in actor ante with the details shown on the Plans and the instructions of the manufacturer. Corner and intersection pieces shall be provided as requ+red and shall be field spliced to insure a continuous, watertight seal a', a joints. Field splices shall be made with cement gum and a field vulcanizer capable of supplying sufficient heat to vulcanize the joint, or may be made by means of a chemical bond. The method of splicing used shall be similar to that specified by the BuredJ of Reclamation and shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer'r recom- mendations as approved. The completed splice shall develop a strength of at least 50 percent of the strength of the continuous factory-molded or extruded shape. (5) Expansion Joints with Plastic Waterstop. The plastic waterstop shall be installed ir. accordance with the details shown on the Plans and the instructions of the manufacturer. Corner and intersection pieces shall be made up by field splicing. Ends to be spliced shall be carefully cut with a sharp knife so that the two pieces will match as exactly as possible. Splices shall be made v°.•h a thermostatically controlled heat- ing plate or iron. The maximum temper -ure. -all not cause burning or charring of the plastic and in no case shall it exceed 460 degrees F. When using a plate, both ends shall be presse•1 together vertically on the heated metal plate until the plastic melts around the edges. when the ends are melted, the waterstop shall be pulled up straight and two heated ends placed on a flat surface so that they meet in a straight line. The plate or iron shall be kept clean and the finished joint free from impurities. The ends shall be pressed together and held finely for about one minute to allow the plastic to fuse while it cools. At least 10 minutes shall be allowed before the new splice shall be pulled or strained in any way. The finished splices shall • provide a cross section that is danse and free of porosity with tensile strength of not less than 80 percent of the unspliced materials. c. Poured Asphalt Filler. Poured asphalt filler shall not be placed until all other concrete has been poured. Before placing filler, all joints in copper waterstops shall be checked and resoldered where necessary. Joints shall be thoroughly cleaned, dry, and primed before pouring asphalt filler. The primer shall be compatible with the filler. The filler material Cone. Stds. -13- shall be heated in a double-walled boiler and placed in the joint by means of a nozzle. Placement shall begin at the bottom of the ioint and proceed upward in a manner that will preclude the possibility of trapping air in the ioint. d. loured Rubber-AS halt Filler. Poured rubber-asphalt _filler shall be piacei. in acco nee wit. the rsnufacturer's instructicns. Joints shall he thoroughly cleaned of all duse, powder, and foreign materials and shall be primed before pouring the rubber-asphalt filler. The primer used shall be compatible with the filler material. The filler material shall be heated in a double-walled boiler and placed in the !oint by means of a nozzle. Placement shall begin at the bcttom of the joint and proceed upwards in a manner that will preclude the possibility of trapping air in the joint. C-6. Steel Reinforcement. a. Storage. Steel reinforcement not placed in the work shall be stored under cover to prevent misting and shall be placed on blocking such that no steel touches any ground surface. b. Fabrication. The Contractor shall submit detailed placing draw ngs and complete, legible bending lists in triplicate showing location, shape, dimensions, and number of bars required for the Engineer's approval before the reinforcement is fabricated. The details shall follow the Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures of the American Concrete Institute, excep. as ot`erwise specified. The Contractor is not required to use the exact arrangement of reinforcement shown, provided the same area and perimeter of reinforcement are provided at all sections and any changes in the Plans are approved by the Engineer. Reinforcement shall be ft med to the dimensions shown on the Plans and the approved bending detail sheets. Bends for bars other than hooks, stirrups, and ties shall be made around a pin having a diameter not less than six times the minimum thick- ness of the bar. All bars shall be bent cold. Forming and cutting tolerances shall be :n accordance with CR52 Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars. c. Cleaning. Metal reinforcement, before being positioned, shall be cleaned of loose mill stele, rust, oil, earth, and from any coatings. After positioning, the reinforcement shall be free of any coatings which will destroy or reduce the bond, including oil, dirt, ice, or old concrete. Where there is a delay depositing concrete, reinforcement shall be re- inspected and cleaned when necessary. d. Straightening and Rebending. Metal reinforcement shall. not be straightened or rebent �n a manner that will in_lure the material. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on the Plans shall not be used. Heating of the reinforcement will be permitted only when the entire operation is approved by the Engineer. e. Placing Reinforcement. (1) Positioning. Metal reinforcements shall be positioned and secured against displacement by using annealed iron wire ties or clips Conc. Stds. -14- at intersections, or by welding, and shall be supported by concrete or metal supports, spacers, or metal hangers. Reinforcement shall be placed as shown o. .he Plans and in accordance with CRS1 Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars. Where welding io required, the method shell be subject to the approval of the Engineer. where concrete block supports am used, such blocks shall be of concrete of the same strength and density as required fir the structural concrete, galvanized metal chairs shall be used to su^port reinforcement in exposed con:rete slab ceilings. (2) Reinforcing Steel Tolerances. Placement of minf-m ing steel shall conform to tFRiliowina, tolerances: Location Tolerances Height of top and bottom bars above forms...... .... ... ♦1/4 inch Lengthwise location and spacing in slabs and walls..... i2 inches Number of bars........................ . ................ S Lateral spacing of bars iC. joists or bezms............. -0 t 1/4 inch Stirrup spacing........................................ +1 inch in any one stirrup and ♦1 inch in end stirrups. (3) SSaciha. The minimum clear distance between parallel bars, except in columns, sFiall be equal to the nominal diameter of the bars, but in no case shall- the clear spacing between the bars be less than one inch nor less than 1-1/3 times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate. Where reintorcement in beams or girders is placed in two mom layers, the clear distance between layers shall be not less than one inch, and the bars in the upper layers shall be placed directly above those in the bottom layer. (a) Protection. At surfaces pf footings, walls, and other principal structural members ere the concrete is deposited directly against the ground or gravel backf ll/, the metal reinforcement shall have a minimum covering of 3 inches of concrete. At other surfaces of concrete exposed to the ground or to the weather, metal reinforcement shall be protected by not lass than 2 inches of concrete for bars 5/8 inch or more in diameter and 1-1/2 inches of concrete otherwise. ?n other cases, protection shall be not less than 3j4 inch for slabs and walls and not less than 1-1/2 inches for beams, girders, and columns, but in no case less than the diameter of the bar, except as otherwise shown on the Plans or ar-,roved by the Engineer. (S) Splicing.ccing. When it is necessary to splice reinforcement at points other then shown on the Plans, the character of the splice shall be determined by the Engineer. In all splices, the bars shall be placed in contact and wired, and the lap shall be at least 24 times the diameter of the bar and a minimum of 12 inches, unless otherwise shown an the Plans. Splices in adjacent oars shall be staggered. (6) Reinforcement Around 0 enin s. Where necessary to cut bars for pipe or open ugs an w em not shown otherwise, an equivalent area of steel shall be placed around the pipe or opening and extended on each side sufficiently to develop bond in each bar as approved by the Engineer. Conc. Stds. -15- (7) Plating Wire Mesh. Wire mesh reinforcement used in slabs shall be placed at the depth shown on the Plans. The fabric shall extend to within 2 inches of the edges of the slab, and splices shall be lapped at lee., 1-1/2 courses of the .fabric and a r.,inimum of 6 inches. The fabric shall be pulled into position as the concrete is placed by means of hooks, and concrete worked under the steel to insure that it is placed at the proper distance abc-,e the bottom of the slab, Laps and splices of the fabric shall he tied together with annealed wire at least every 24 inches. C•7, Placing Concrete. a. General. Before begi.....ng placement of concrete, hardened ` concrete and foreign materials shall be removed from the inner surface of the mixing and conveying equipment. Before depositing concrete, debris shall be removed from, tr.e space to be occupied by the concrete. Forms, if constructed of lumber, shall be thoroughly Wetted. Reinforcement shall be secured in position and approved by the Engineer before concrete is placed. b. Removal Water. Except when the tremie method is specified, water shall be removed of from the space to be occupied by the concrete before it is deposited, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Any flow of water into an excavation shall be diverted through proper side drains to a sump or be removed by other approved methods. c. Handling. bncrete snail be handled from the mixer, or in the case of ready-mixed .onerc �e, from the transporting vehicle to the place of final deposit as rapidly as practicable by methods which prevent the separation or loss of the ingredients. Under no circumstances shall concrete that has pa•' -al,y hardened be deposited in the work. Concrete shall be deposited in the forms as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid rehandling. It shall be so deposited as to maintain, until the com- pletion of the unit, a plastic surface approximately horizontal. Vertical lifts or layers greater than 1-1/2 feet in depth shall not be allowed in pouring wall sections. Total vertical lifts made in a single pour shall not exceed 10 feet in height, unless otherwise shown on the Plans or approved by the Engineet . Forms for walls or thin sections of considerable height shall be provided with openings or other devices that will permit the concrete to be placed in a manner preventing segregation and accumulations of hardened concrete on the forms or metal reinforcement above the level of the concrete. Concrete shall be dropped no farther than a distance which will prevent segregation of ingredients, but in no case more than 6 feet in wells 8 inches or less in width, or more than 12 feet in wider walls unless chutes or trucks are used. The buggy, the bucket, or the lower end of the chute from Which the concrete is discharged shall be so positioned that the concrete is re- leased within 2 feet horizontally of its final position. When deposited in the forms, concrete shall have the required quality, regardless of the type of transporting vehicle. d. CChuttiing. When concrete is conveyed by chutes, the equipment shall be of sucA size and design as to insure a continuous flow in the chute. The slope shall not be less than one vertical to two horizontal and shall be such as to prevent the segregation of the ingredients. The discharge end of the chutes shall be provided with a baffle plate to prevont segregation. Conc. Stds. -16- When the operation is intermittent, the chute shall discharge into a hopper. The chute shall be cleaned before and after each run, and the debris and an- water used shall be discharged outside the forms. e. Compacting. Concrete, during and immediately after depositing, shall be worked into place and compacted by mechanical vibration. The con- crete shall be worked around the reinforcement and into the corners of the forms. Accumulations of water on the surface of the concrete due to .rater gain, segregation, or other causes during placement and compacting shall be prevented as far as possible by adjustments in the mixture. Provision shall be made for the removal of such water as may accumulate so that under no circumstances will concrete be placed an such accumulations. The number and type of vibrators shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Internal vibrators shall be used and they shall have a minimum frequency of 7,000 vpm when the vibrator is r*mersed in the concrete. Vibration shall not be applied through the reinforcement, either directly or indirectly. Vibration shall not be applied to layers of concrete which have hardened to the extent the concrete is no longer plastic. Vibration shall be continued at each point of application until a decrease in volume is no longer apparent and all trapped air has been removed, but shall not be continued to the extent that localized areas of grout are formed. Vibration shall be applied at evenly spaced points not farther apart than the radius over which vibration is visibly effective such that the entire volume of concrete receives vibration. Vibration shall not be used to make concrete flow in the forms over distances so great as to cause segregation and in no case more than 2 feet. f. Depositing Continuously. Concrete shall be deposited continu- ously or in layers o�kness that no concrete will be deposited on concrete which has hardeneu sufficiently to cause the .formation of seams and planes of weakness within the section. If a section cannot be placed continuously, construction joints may be located at points as provided for in the Plans or approvec by the Engineer. g. Bonding. (1) ro New Concrete. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete whit has a one , the forms shall be retightened. The surface of the hardened concrete shall be rougbened by green cutting, chipping, or sanlblasting, as required by the Engineer so that sound concrete is exposed. It shall be thoroughly cleaned of tore ign matter and laitance and saturated with water. In case oil has been spilled on the surface to be bonded, this oil must be removed by chipping out the oil-saturated concrete. To insure an excess of mortar at the juncture of the hardened and the newly deposited concrete, the cleaned and saturated surfaces, including inclined surfaces, shall first be covered with a coating of mortar against which the new concrete shall be placed before the grout has attained its initial set. On horizontal construction joints, at least 2 inches of grout shall be provided. The pro- portions of sand and cement in the grout shall be the same as those for the sand and cement an the concrete mixture, and only sufficient water to provide a consistency similar to that of thick cream shall be used. (2) To Old Concrete. Where new concrete is to be placed against old concrete, a bonding agent shall be used to coat the ss.rfaces of Conc. Stds. -17- the old concrete, unless otherwise specified in the Special Specifications, The bonding agent shall be one of those specified in B-9 and the method of preparation and application shall conform to the manufacturer's printed instructions and recommendations. Mortar grout shall then be provided as hereinbefore specified in h. D1,ositing in ^_old Heather. Adeq�iate equipment shall be pro- vided for heating t e concrete materials and protecting the concrete during freezing or near-freezing weather. No frozen materials or materials con- ' taining ice shall be used. The temperature of concrete materials and all reinforcement, fours, fillers, &nd ground with which the concrete is to come i:, contact shall be above 32 degrees F. Whenever the temperature of the surrounding air is below 40 degrees F., all concrete, when placed in the forms, shall have a temperature of between 50 degrees and 7 iegrees F. and shall be maintained at a temperature of not less than 50 degrees r. for at least 6 days for normal concrete or u days for high-early-strength concrete, or foe as much more time as is necessary to insure proper rate of curing of the concrete. After artificial heating is discontinued, the housing, covering, or other protection used in connection with curing shall be dismantled in sucn a way that the fall in temperature in all parts of the concrete will be gradual throughout the first 24 hours and shall not exceed 40 degrees F. in 24 hours. No dependence shall be placed on salt or other chemicals for the pre- vention of freezing. Calcium chloride in amounts not exceeding 2 percent by weight of cement may be used, with approval of the Engineer, except as herei*after specified, to accelerate setting and reeuce the period of protection required to a minimum of 3 days, but under no circumstances is the calcium chloride to be considered an "antifreeze " The use of calcium chloride, Pozzolith Nigh-Early, or other additives which may be corrosive will not be permitted in any concrete that is to be prestressed or which will be placed in contact with prestressed wire or strand. Likewise, no such additives are permitted in concrete which embeds or is in contact with aluminum. I. Construction Joints. (See also page 12) (1) Location. Joints not indicated on the Plans shall be so made and located as to least impair the strength of the structure and shall be approved by the Engineer prior to construction. (2) Time Between Pours. At least 2 hours must elapse after depositing concrete in the columns or walls before depositing in beams, girders, or slabs supported thereon. Beams, girders, brackets, column capitals, and haunches shall be considered as part of the floor system and - shall be placed monolithically therewith. (3) In Floors. Construction joints in fl,-rs shall be located near the middle of the spans of slabs, beams, or girders, unless a beam inter- sects a girder at this point, in which case the joint: in the girders shall be offset a distance equal to twice the width of the beam. in this last case, provision shall be made for shear by use of inclined reinforcement. Conc. Stds. -18- C-8. Tests of Concrete. luring the progress of construction, the Engineer will make or have tests made to determine whether the concrete as being produced complies with the standard specified. The Contractor shall cooperate in the making of such tests to the extent of allowing free Access to the work for the selection of samples and storage of specimens, assis- tance in casting cylinders, and in affording protection to the specimens against injury or loss through his operations. Specimens shall be made and cured in accordance with ASTM C 31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C 39. When a ratio between 7-day and 28-day strengths has been established by these tests or by preliminary tests, the 7-day strength may be taken as a satisfactory indication of the 28-day strength. Field strength shall be assumed as equal to 85 percent of the strength of laboratory-cured cylinders. The required compressive strength of concrete proportioned in accordance with Table t of th Special Specifications is the field strength. C-9. Finish. a. General. Concrete which requires finishing shall not be poured until the materials, tools, and labor necessary for finishing the wet concrete are on the job and approved by the Engineer. All horizontal surfaces shall be steel troweled, unless otherwise specified. b. Patching. Defects in all concrete surfsces shall be cut out and patched as specified herein. After removal of the forms, all imper- fections, rock pockets, holes from form ties, and other defects shall be chipped out to solid concrete. The surface of the cavity to be patched shall be thoroughly wet before the patching mixture is applied. This mixture shall be proportioned as set forth in B-5, herein, or it shall be of the proportions of the original pour where uniform color is desired. The mixture shall be tamped solidly into the cavity to be patched and shall then be cured. (See C-10) Where the pull-out type ties are used, the holes shall be filled as recommended by the manufacturer of the ties. c. Unex osed Wall Finish. Immediately after removal of the forma, all rock pockets rom t e o es an other irregularities shall be patched as specified in C-9.b. and cured as specified in C-10. No further finishing will be required. d. Ordinary Wall Finish. Ordinary wall finish requires the use of new plywood will produce a uniform surface. The number of ioints should be kept to a minimum. Immediately after removal of the forms, all defects shall be patched and patches cured as specified in C-10. After pointings have set sufficiently, all form marks and pointing shall be ground or filled to give a smooth surface even with the flat well surface. e. Rubbed Wall Finish. (1) Class I. The rubbing shall be done immediately after the patching of rock pockets and form tie holes have set sufficiently. In Conc. Stds. -19- all cases, except where it is strecturally im within 5 days, the rubbing shall be done cur, and in nj Casa pCef,.,,impossible to remove the forms Forms shall be removed re liar, 5 days aft ly the day follow; on the same da at suCh r the Pour has been cc ng the sufficiently fie that the form are to that all flnishin mPleted, thorou hl Pero it workirs are removed. Afte 6 can be completed uniform surface rated w' ater On the a surface, the the po intings have set 3ih w entire s medi is obtained, . Peri surface um-coarse tit„er. D °d of 3 hours shall De operated ca grade, or an abrasive of hand of th a Car and rubbed until a is tc bt rborundum stone, e4ua1 n:ndum stone of has bean poured• YPe shall lbe as meth yuoPtratedrea mechanically- , =ts t an icall atone. carum The ortarA all nt ofP ortarbshale D Used On Defo: 1 hesconcret, used shall cribedn the concrete Defn mixture of cement and fine on the face of the it may De os e' may be finished misted, Thca e paste formed b sand in proportions afte Ing long di goat, oread�Ynbe down shed rby hf Bating ewi th kallZ rto take lean brush,Drew leer float, rubbed g direction of the surface th dry burlap, Brush inn°aa, Carpet face, or bl ing Finished, g shall De done ;n the to the r (2) Class 11 AU all thoroughl 4Dsatura ling oshall de lallovevd rtexsett iahat�the ass paste Chia.ned Conform in shall give of B0 percentt Cementwit ater, 'he at sha least 20 hours. After a of consistent and 15 percent lime witll h be Painted with a with a coarse carborundum This mixturesufficient shall be dour in the on d{mention brushed hall Sufficient ea r� d ate, to into the rsurface f of the surface being brush. Brushing lnished w.Concrete Flo°r and R a finished. . f Each type shall the type of nrw� Slab Finishes. Contra other special toolsas Specifiedhere lna�ieDtd :n the Spec ial to slafs s ell away from the designed for the The use of P ions. Of surfaces surface will Purpose of fo "JitterLug s' or shall be thorouD dry materials wille refitted on any stab the coarse aggregate fin; ghlY compacted b• rot be permitted. lnish' The Bustin shfng, floor slabs shall 1 vibration or t Slabs and f g the finished floc loons tolerance rs as shown to the among, in Preparation for on ethers oshall be cpitched feet, excepts�,er,e drains shall the iI grade of Fl x to the level a Plans or direCted drains ,; inns occur, in which a steel ad All discont{n edg inch Per foot case ging to vows edges shall or as iodic 11 be rounded off sled ii) with floors and slabs ha Monolith{t rinish. edger 1 rnis ed b Except w:'ere othe rri se Plans,to bring the surfaces to the y so reeding and cl specified, a m Hhige the thConcous rate is still grR,Bee°d finish elev Ing ation with straight- an's wti ht wn plane 'it date imprint, but sufficiently tar °n the on the no coarse aggre at it shall De wood f dined to bear _ has dis floats to b g e visible, Sufficient bated to a true appeared, the ring moisture to tSu a Pressure shall ever impervious c concrete shall surface, After be used be sur_ata, free from be hand trout surface given tha surface f tr°"tl marks. led to produce w moisture °r the purpose of burnishi ng,{r Lion final ional troweroMg�nB'1 Cont. Stds. -20- shall produce a ringing sound from the trowel. ➢r. cement or additional water shall not be used in troweling, nor will excessive troweling be per- mitted. 12) Rough Slab Finish. Slabs to receive fill and mortar- setting beds shall be fink e y sereeding with straightedges to bring the surface to the required finish plane. All laitance shall be removed and the surface left clean. (3) Wood-float Finish. Exterior slabs and ramps and roof slabs, unless otherwise spec; ie in the Special Specifications, shall be finished by screeding with straightedges to bring the surface to the required line as shown on the Plans. While the concrete is still green but hardened sufficiently to bear the cement finisher's weight, the surface shall be wood floated to a true and uniform plane with no coarse aggregate visible. (4) Brocmed Finish. Where broomed finish is specified, the concrete shall be finished as specified for monolithic floor finish above, except the final troweling shall be witted and the surface shall be finished by drawing a fine-hair broom lightly across the surface. All brooming shall be in the same direction and parallel to expansion joints, or, in the case of inclined slabs, perpendicular to the slope. ($) Power Machine Finish. In lieu of hand finishing, the Contractor may use an approve power machine for finishing concrete floors in slabs in accordance with the directions of the machine manufacturer as approved by the Engineer. i. Sidewalk Finish. After the concrete has been deposited in place, it shall be compacted and the surface shall be struck off by means of a strike board and floated with a wooden or cork float. Joints shall be provided as specified in C-S.a. An edging tool shall be used on all edges and at all expansion joints. The surface shall not vary more than 118 inch under a 10-foot straightedge. The surface shall have a granular or matted texture which will not be slick when wet, or it shall be broomed at right angles to the direction of traffic. Wal}s shall slope 1/4 inch per foot away from structures, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Sidewalk surfaces shall be laid out in blocks with an approved grooving tool as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. h. Screeded Finish on Clarifier Slabs. The concrete topping for the floor of clarifier tanks sha!1_n_.t_Tr_pla`c_e7 until the equipment for the tanks has been completely installed and in wrorking order. All laitance shall be removed from the surface of the concrete with a wire brush and the surface shall then be thoroughly cleaned and washed. The concrete base shall be kept constantly wet for a period of 24 hours and then hand-swept with grout as specified under C-7,j,(1) before placing the concrete topping. After placing the concrete topping, it shall be swept by the collector mechanism until the surface conforms accurately to the profiles of the blades on the raking aim and, if necessary, shall be troweled with a steel trowel to a smooth, even surface, The topping shall 4e kept wet using a hose with fine spray, and as soon as t i concrete topping is sufficiently C nc. Stds. .21- hard, the tank shall be filled with water to a sufficient height to cover the anti re floor for a period of 7 days. This topping coat shall consist of one part standard portland cement, and 2 parts of sand as specified in B-3. C-10. Curing of Concrete. a. Curin . Curing of concrete shall be accomplished by keeping the surface continuously wet for 7 days where normal portland cement is used, or 3 days when high-early-strength cement is used. Subject to approval by the Engineer, one of the following methods shall be followed: - WALLS (1) Concrete forma shall be left in place and kept sufficiently damp at al. times to prevent opening of the joints and drying of the concrete; or (2) An approved curing compound shall be applied immediately after removal of forms, except where finishing is required. in this case, forms will be kept damp as required above until removed. where rubbed finish is required, curing compound shall be applied immediately upon completion of finishing, and the unfinished, exposed surfaces shall be kept wet by sprinkling until finishing begins. When ordinary wall finish is required, curing com- pound shall be applied immediately after removal of the forms and the com- pound chipped off or otherwise removed where patching or pointing is required. Compound shall not he applied to surfaces which are to later be bonded to new concrete; or (3) Exposed surfaces shall be continuously sprinkled. SLABS (1) Protect surface by por,ding; or (2) Cover with burlap or cotton mats kept continuously wet; or (3) Cover with one-inch laver of wet sand, earth, or sawdust, and keep continuously wet; or (u) Continuously sprinkle the exposed surface. b. Protection in Cold Weather. Concrete shall be protected in cold weather as specified in - C-11. Hardener A lication. Cloors to receive hardener shad M cured, cleane , an perfect y ry .1 th all work above them completed. Zinc and/or magnesium fluosilicat^ lahall be applied evenly, using 3 coats, allowing 24 hours between coats; the first coat shall be 1/3 strength, :ond coat 112 strength, and third coat 2/3 strength; each coat shall be applied so as to remain wet on the concrete surface for 15 minutes. Sodium silicate shall be applied evenly, using 3 coats, allowing 24 hours between coats; the material shall be applied full strength at the rate of 1/3 gallon per 100 square feet. Conc. Stds. -22- Approved proprietary hardeners shall be applied in conformance with the manu- facturer's instructions. After the final coat is completed and dry, surplus hardener shall be removed from the surface by scrubbing and mopping with water. C-12. Block-Guts for Pie and Conduit. Where pipe or conduit passes into or through concrete walls, loors, or roof slabs, the Contractor may, to facilitate proper alignment, leave holes through the concrete and pour the concrete opening after the pipe or conduit is in place. The size of such openings shall be 2 inches larger than the outside diameter of the bell, flange, or coupling, and shall conform to the special details for pipe open- ings shown or. the Plans. When the piping or conduit is entirely placed and securely anchored, the concrete openings through the walls will be poured in accordance with the requirements for bonding new concrete to old as set forth in C-7.g. Concrete used to pour these openings shall consist of one part cement, one part fine aggregate, one part nonshrinking aggregate, and 1-1/2 parts coarse aggregate of maximum size of 1/2 inch when the con^rete is part of a liquid-holding basin. Otherwise, the nonshrinking aggregate shall be replaced by fine aggregate. Concrete poured in these openings shall be thoroughly vibrated or rodded to insure a watertight joint between the new and old concrete, and the new concrete and the pipe or conduit. The form for the closure shall be constructed with a pouring funnel. A plug of concrete shall be left in the pouring funnel. After the concrete has taken its initial set, the plug shall be removed and the exposed, broken `ace ground smooth. Pouring of block-out holes shall be done from the pressure side wherever possible. Such joints shall be cured by keeping them constantly wet for not less than 7 days. Where approved by the Engineer, block-out holes may be drypacked using a grout proportioned and mixed as specified in B-5.a. This mixture shall be tamped or rodded solidly into the space from the pressure side. A backing board or stop shall be provided at the back side of this space against which the dry mixture can be tamped. C-13. Grouting Machinery Foundations. Where machinery is to be secured by ar= aolts set in concrete an supported on foundations which are to be grouted in place, the original concrete pour shall be blocked out or finished off a sufficient distance below the bottom of the machinery foundation to provide for the thickness of grout shown on the Plans. After the machinery has been set in position and wedged to the proper elevation by steel wedges, the space between the bottom of the machinery foundation and the original pour of concrete shall be caulked with a drypack grout proportioned and mixed as specified in B-5•a. This dry mixture shall be tamped or rodded solidly into the space between the machinery foundation and the original concrete. A backing board or stop shall be provided at the back side of • this space against which the dry mixture can be tamped. f.-lu, Leaks a Tests. After the final pour of concrete on basins which are to su betted to eakage tests has been cured for 14 days, and before backfill or brick facing or other work which will cover the exposed faces of the walls of the basins has been completed, the bas_3 specified in the Special Specifications to be subjected to leakage tests shall be filled with water to the normal liquid level line. Unless otherwise specified in the Conc. Stds. -23- Special Specifications, water for this test shall be provided by the Con- tractor, After the basin has been kept full for 48 hours, it will be assumed for the purposes of the test that the absorption of moisture by the concrete in the basin is complete, All valves and gates to the structure shall then be closed and the change in water surface measured for a 2e-hour period. During the test period, all exposed portions of the structure shall be examined and any leaks or damp spots shall be marked and such leaks or damp spots shall be later patched or corrected in any case. If the drop in water surface in the 24-hour period exceeds 1/10 of one percent of the normal volume of liquid contained in the basin, the leakage shall be con- sidered excessive. If the leakage is excessive, the water surface shall be dropped by stages and the leakage measured at each stage until the area in which the leakage occurs has been isolated. The basin shall then be drained, all leaks previously marked shall be patched, and the necessary repairs made in the area where leakage is indicated. The basin shall then be refilleu and again tested for leakage. This process shall be continued until the drop in water surface in a 24-hour period wit,, the basin full is less than ..;10 of one percent of the volume of liquid held in the basin, If the cause of excessive leakage is found to be faulty workmanship or materials, the cost of repairs and subsequent tests shall be borne by the Contractor. If the leakage is found to be due to causes not under the Contractor's control, the cost of repairs and subsequent tests after the first shall be paid for by the Owner as extra work. (For Index, see next page) Conc. Stds. -24- INDEX( P_a�e Aggregates: Concrete 2, 7 Nonshrinking 2, 19, 23 Samples 6 Asphalt poured filler 3, 13, 14 Block-Outs for pipe or conduit 23 Bonding new concrete to old 3, 17 Calcium chloride 18 Ctment 2, 7 Chuting concrete 16 Clarifier slab, screeded finish 21 Cold weather precautions ld Compacting concrete 17 Compressive strength of concrete 19 Concrete admixtures 2, 3, 8, 9 Concrete floor and roof slab finishes 20 Ccrstruction and expansion ioints 31 12, 13, 18 Construction joints 12, 18 location 18 Time between pours iB Floors 16 Copper Materstop 4, 13 Curing: Cold weather 18, 22 Slabs 22 Malls 22 Cylinders for test 19 Drypack grout: Nonshrinking type 2 Ordinary type 2 Equipment, mixing 8 Expansion joints 3, 12, 13, 18 finishing concrete: Groomed 19, 21 Clarifier floor 19, 21 Monolithic finish 19, 20, 21 Ordinary wall 19 Patching 19 Roof slab 20 Rough slab 21 Rubbed wall. 19 Sidewalk 21 Unexposed wall 19 Mood float 19, 21 i INDEX ((mod.) Floors: Lue— Monolithic finish Floor hardener 20 Forms: 61 22 Design Materials 10 Oiling 3 Removal 11 Tolerances 11 Form ties 10, 11, 12 Freezing weather 10 16 Grout: Bonding new concrete Bonding new concrete to old concrete 17 Clarifier slab 17 Machinery foundation 21 23 Handling concrete Hardener, floor 16 Hauling concrete 6, 22 High-early-strength cement 9 Joints; 16, 22 Construction Expansion 12, le Joint filler: 12, 13, 14 Asphalt Pramolded 3, i3 Rubber asphalt 3, 12 3, lY Labyrinth uaterstop Leakage tests 4, 13 23 Machinery foundation grouting Measuring materials: 23 Air-entraining admixture Volumetric measurement a Water-reducing admixture B Weight measurement B Mix, proportion- 9 Mixing equipment: 6 Machine Truck g Monolithic finish 9 20, 21 Honshrinking aggregate Oil: 2, 19, 22, 23 On concrete to be bondwd On forms 17 11 ii INDEX (cont'd.) Ent Openings: In forms 9, 15 Reinforcement around 15 Ordinary wall finish 19 Patching 19 Pipe block-outs 23 Placing concrete 16, 17, 13 Plastic waterstop 4, 5, 6 Power machine finish 21 Premolded 'Joint filler 3, 12 Proportions of mix 6, 7 Protection of concrete 18, 22 Reinforcing steel: Cleaning 14 Fabrication 14 Material 2, 3 Opsnings 15 Positioning 14 Protection 15 Spacing 15 Splicing 15 Storage 14 Straightening and re.•ending 14 Tolerances 15 Remo...- _f .'orms 11 Removal of water 16 Petempering 9 Roof slab finish 20 Rubbed wall finish 19 Rubber-asphalt joint sealer 3, 14 Rubber water stop 4, 13 Samples, aggregates 6 Sidewalks: Finish 21 Joints 12 Slab finishes: Broomed 21 Monolithic 20 Rough 21 Wool. float 21 Slump 7 Splicing reinforcement 15 Steel: PLrms 3 Mesh 3, 16 Reinforcement 3, 14, 15, 16 Waterstup 3, 12 iii INDEX (Cont'd.) PeF_ Temperature, cold weather 16 Test cylinders 19 Tests: Field 19 Laboratory 19 Leakage 23 Ties, form 9 Time between pours 16 Truck mixing 9 Vibration of concrete 16 Water: For testing 23 In mix 2 g Removal of, in forms 16 Waterstops: Copper 12, 13, 14 Labyrinth 12, 13, 14 Plastic 12, 13, 14 Rubber 12. 13, 14 Steel 12 iv STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS AND DUCTII..r IRON F"PE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR CAST IRON PIPE ID FITTINGS AND DUCTILE IRON PIPE INDEX B. Materials B-1. Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings (Bell-and-Spigot. Mechanical Joint, and Rubber Gasket Joint Type) a. Bell-and-Spigot Pipe b. Bell-and-Spigot Fittings c_. Mechanical Joint Pipe and Fittings d, Rubber rusket Joint Pipe and Fittings B-4. Cast Iron Flanged Pipe and Fittings a Gaskete B-3. Ductile Iron Pipe a. Mechanical Joint Pipe b. Rubber G, sket loint Pipt B-4, Ilacdling. 8 Jointing Material for Bell-and-Spigot Pipe a_. I,cad b. Yarning or Packing Mcreriais c. Mechanical Ccuplings ( - Workmanship C-i. Preparation of Trench a. Grade b, Bell (Joint) Holes c. Removal of Wait r C.1. & I), I. Pipe Std. -. INDEX (Continued) C-Z. Laying a. Distributing Pipe b. Handling Material c. Hammer Test d. Cleaning Pipe and Fittings e. Placing of Pipe in the Trench (1) Bell-anti-Spigot Pipe (2) Mechanical Joi;it and Rubber Ga,%et Joint Pipe I. Number of Pipes Laid Before Jointing (1) Bell-and-Spigot Pipe -) Mechanical Joint and Rubber Gasket Joint Pipe g. Preventing Trench Water From Entering Pipe h. Cutting Pipe i. Bell End to Face Di .ction of Laying Permissible Deflec tion at Joints k. Alignment 1. Unsuitable Conditions for Laying Pipe C-3. Jointing of Cast iron Bell-and-Spigot Pipe and Fittings a_. Placing of Yarning Material b. Depth of Jointing Material c. Lead a..ints (l) Heating and Pouring of Lead (d) Positi,n of Joint Runner 13) Caulking C-4. Jointing bfechauieal .1, 11)t Cost Inai Pipe C-?, Jointing Rubber Gasket Joint Pipe C-6. Electrical Conticutty C-7. Anchorage a. Limiting Pipe Diameter and Degree .,f .;end b. Thrust Backing - c. Metal Harness C I. & D. 1. Pipe Std. INDEX iContinuedl C-8. Hvdrostatic Tests a Duration b. Expelling Air c. Procedure d. Leakage e. Correction of Excessive Leakage C-9. Sterilization STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR CAST IRO\ PIPE AND FITTIN'.;S AND DUCTILE IRON P1FE Reference herein is made to standar0b, tests, methods, and speci- fications .,f resea w h and technical urga,.tzations as follows-, ASTM American Society f-,r Testing and Materials AWWA American Water V,+orke Association ASA American Stand:-rds Association Item Standard Snecif:catiur., 'Pent, or Method Destgnati. n B-I Cast Ir n Pipe >nd Federal Specdicatton WW-P-421b Fittings ASA A21. 10. A21, 11 AWWA CIO() B-2 --fanged Pipe and Federal Specification WW-P-421b Fittings ASA Mr. l B-3 ductile Iron Pipe ASA A21. 51. 19(i5 B-? -fnutting Materials for AS'IM C 15O B & S Pipe References to ASTM, AWWA. ASA. or Federal Specificatiuns shall he understood t,, mean, in all cases, the latest standard or specification, unless otherwise stated it% the Special Specifications. B. Maier-r i,. Vi 1. _C.aet Iron Pipe and Fittings (hell-and-Spigot. Mcc'hanical .point, and Rubber Gasket joln�rel. a_. llell-and-Spigot Pipe :'•ell-and-s,)igot cast iron pipe shall c,nf„rm to Federal Spe. Jic-Uon V .' -P-4211:•. type 1, and shall :,e of class spec if Led i., the S. c, .+: S,.cv:1. ,..,uu,•. i. e, 1). 1. Pipe St,. -4- 6. Bell-and-Sr igot Fittings. Bell-and-spigot cast iron fittings shall conform to the latest specification of the American Water Works Association for Bell-and-Spigot Fittings. except that short-body fittings of local manufacture may be used, unless otherwise noted in the Special Spec�flcations, provided they otherwise conform to AWWA C110, or Federal Specification WW-P-421b. c. Mechanical Joint Pipe and Fittings. Mechanical ioint cast iron ripe and fittings shall conform to Federal Specification W W•P-421b, Type Ill. or to ASA AZI. 11, an,' shall be of class as specie tied in the Special Specifications. Joint mate,i..ls suitable for the specified pipe sizes and pressures shall be furnished with the pipe. d_. _Rubber Gasket Joint Pipe and Fittinss. Rubber gasket joint cast iron pipe shall conform to Federal Speciticatiun W'W-P-421b, ype II, e2.cept as modified herein, and shall be of cl. ss i.s specified in the Spacial Specifications and shall be C.S. Tvton Joint pipe, as ma, ifactured by the '2 ntted States Pipe and Foundry Company and Pacific States Cast Iron Pipe Company, or approved equal. F�ttings for use with rubber gasket iomt pipe shall be mechanical jut.. as Specified t❑ R3 I. c, above. The rubber-ring gaskets shall be stable for the specified pipe sizes and pressures and shall be f ri ished with the pipe- Rubber gasket joint pipe shall he of the parti i r type specified in the Special Specifications. A nontoxic vegetaule soap lubric,.nt shall be supplied in sufficient quantities for instal; ng the pipe furnished B-Z. Cast Iron F-langed Pipe and Fittings. Flanged cast iron Pipe ihill conform t:, Federal Specifwatirni A4W-P-4ZIb, as to metal thickne..: and qualtty, :'fill the flanges and bolts shall conform to ASA B16. I (latest recision). Flanged fittings shall conform to ASA 1316. 1 (latest tev iaiun). Fittings shall be Class 125 uufesn otherwise specified. flanges shall be laced and drilled 125-pound ASA. a_. Gaskets. Gasket material for flanged joints in cast iron pipe shall be sheet rubber conforming to Federal Specification HH-G-I%c, Class A or Class B. I to inch thl,k, c,nless otherwise specified in the Special Specifications. The gasket sh:,ll be full-nit, with holes to pass bolts. Casket material shall be free from corrsdre alkali or a:of ingredients. 13-3, Dlwhie Iron Ripe. a. Sfe,hanical Joint Pe Mechanical Joint ductile iron pipe shall be centrifugally cast of 60.4Z-10 iron and shall conform I., ASA AZI. SI or AWWA C151. 'thickness classes shall be C. 1. 6 11, 1. Pipe Sid. -5- as indicated on the Plane or specified in the Special Specification. The pipe shall be thin-cement lined and seal coated in accordance with ASA A21 4, except the cement limn¢ shall be one-half the thickness specified 'herein. Joint materials suitable for the specified pipe sizes- and pressures shall conform to apolicabie parts of the latest Federal Specification WW-P.421 and shall be furnished with the pipe. b. Rubber Gasket Joint Pipe. Rubber gasket joint ductile iron pipe shall be -I'vLon joint pipe centrifugally cast of 60-42-10 iron and shall conform to ASA AZL 51 or AW1YA C151 Thickness classes shall be as indicated on the Plans or specified in the Special Specifications. The pipe shall be thin-cement lined and seat coated in accordance with ASA A.'.1.4, except the cement lining shall be one-half the thickness specified therein_ The rubber-ring gaskets shall be suitable for the specified pipe sizes and pressure and conform to applicable parts of the latest Federal Specification WW-P.421, and shall he furnished by the pipe :manufacturer ` nontoxic vegetable soap lubricant shall be supplied in Sufficient Ci.canti...,s for installing the pipe B-4. }dandling. Care shall be taken in handling the pipe to prevent injury to the coating, and no pipe or other material shall be shipped inside any pipe at any , me after it has been coated. B-5 Jointing Material for Bell-and-Spigot Pipe. ,lointing material shall be one of the followvng as specified in the Speciai Specifications. a. Lead. Lead for caulking purposes shall contain not less than 99. 73 percent pure lead. Impurities shall not exceed the following 'imits: Arsenic. Antimony. and "Tin together 0. 015% Copper 0. 08% Zinn: 0. 002',- 1ron 0. 00210 Bismuth 0, 25,% Silvcr 0.02% b_. Yarning or Packing Materials. Yarning or packing material shall vonsist of one of the following. (il molded or tubular rubber rings; (21 asbestos top( iiltreated paper r,�pe. The use of hemp, jute. oakum, or similar material will not be permitted, unless specifically called for in the Special Specifications. All of the above materials shall be handled with care in order to prevent contamination C.1, & D. I Pipe Sid -b- and shall he dry when put into place in the joint. The material used shall be free of oil, tar, or greasy substances. c. Mechanical Couplings. Mechanical couplings, pot as a part of the pipe itself, shall be manufactured of cast iron or wrought steel and provided with rubber rings and track-head bolts and nuts,and shall be similar and equal to the coupling manufactured by the Dresser Manufacturing Company or Smith-Bla r Class 400 as manufactured by Smith-Blair, Inc. The particular type of coupling to be used shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Special Specifications. C. Workmanship. C-l. Preparation of Trench a Grade. The bottom of the trench shall be graded by hand to the line and grade to which the pipe is to be laid, wit:i proper allowance for pipe thickness and for gravel cushion or special bedding when speci- fied. Before each section of the pipe is laid, the grade shall be checked with a straightedge at least as long as the pipe section, and any irregu- larities found shall be corrected. The trench bottom shall form a con- tinuous and uniform bearing and support for the pipe on slid and un- disturbed gro,md at every point between bell holes, except that for a maximum distanec of 18 inches near the center of the pipe, the grade may be disturbed for the removal of lifting tackle. �. Bell (joint) Holes- At the location of each joint, bell (joint) holes of ample dimensions shall be dug in the bottom of the trench and at the sides where necessary to permit the joint to be made properly and permit easy visual inspection of the entire joint c Removal of Water The Contractor shall at all times pr, Ae and maintain ample means and devices to remove and dispose of all water entering the trench excavation during the process of laying the pipe. C-:. Laving a. Dlstribcta�e°ipe. Material shall be distributed on the job from the cars or storage card no faster than can be used to good advantage. In general, no more than one week's supply of material shall be distributed in advance of the Paying, unless otherwise specified in the Special C ificatic .a. C I- & D. 1. Pipe Std. - , b. Handling Material. Proper implemer is. tools, and fa,Pities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the C actor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the work. All P. fittings. and appurtenances shall be carefully lowered into the teen-h, piece by piece, by means of a derrick, ropes. or other suitable tools or equipment, in suc'i a manner as to prevent damage to the pipe- line materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circum- stances shall pipeline materials be dropped or dumped into the trench c. Hammer Test. The pipe and fittings shall be inspected for defects and, while suspended aburegrade, be rung with a light hammer to detect cracks. d. Clea wing Pipe and Fittings. All lumps, blisters, and excess coal tar coating shall be removed from the bell-and-spigot ends of each pipe. The outside of the spigot and the inside of the be:l shall be wire-brushed and wiped clean and dry,and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. The ends of mechanical ioint pipe and fittings and of rubber gasket joint pipe and fittings shall he wiped clean of all dirt, grease. and foreign matter. e. Placing of Pipe in the Trench. Ever% precaution shalt be taken to preve:it foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the Pine. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and it, place without gelling earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe it the trench, a heavy, sightly woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be pla•:ed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operations, nn debris. tools, clothing. .-r other me terials shall be placed in the pipe. (1) Bell-ai d-Splgot Pipe. After a length of bell-and- spigot pipe is placed in the trrnrh, the spigot end shall be centered iu the bell and the pipe turned home and brought to correct line l.nd grade. The pipe shall be secured in plant v Lth approved backfill material tamped under it, a .cept at the bells. Pipe and fittings which do not allow a sufficient and unifornE space for joints shall be removed and replaced with pipe and fittings of proper dimensions to tnsure such uniform space. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entvruitt the joint space. C. 1. & D. 1, Pipe Sid. -g- (L) Mechanical Joint and Rubber Gasket Joint Pipc. Mechanical joint pipe and rubber gasket joint pipes a e phi ace to the trench as heretnbefore spec ivied in C-2.e_.; pipes shall be connected as hereinafter specified for the respective type. f. S,imber of Pipes Laid Before Jointing. (1) Bell-and-Spigot Pipe. When the jointing material specified is lead, three or more lengths of pipe shall be in place ahead of each joint before such joint is finished. (21 Mechanical Joint and Rubber Gasket Joint Pipe. Mechanical joint pipe and rubber gasket joint pipe shall be connected as hereinafter specified as soon as they are placed in the trench. �. Preventing Trench Water From Entering Ptpe. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed be a watertight plug or other means at proved by the Engineer, and no trench water shall be permitted to enter the pipe. JpintS of pipe in the trench which cam. t be poured (see C-2.e i shall be caulked with packi:.g to make their as watertight as possible. These provisions shall apply during the noon hour as well as overnight. If water is in the trench, the seal shall remain in place until the tret ch is pumped completely drv. h_. Cuttir Pipe, The c,atir.g of pipe for inserting valves. fittings, or closi.re -s shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without darrag i the pipe or lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. When a ma.lyre u: rot available for cutting bell-and-spigot pipe 20 inches in diameter or larger, the electric-arc cutting method will be permitted, using a carbon or steel rod. Only qualified and experienced workmen shall be used on this work. The flame cutting of pipe by means of an oxvacetvlene torch will not be allowed. When approved by ,he Engineer, the pipe may be cut cold in the field by use of rolling pipe cutters, ur sledge and cold cutter. Rough edges shalt be smoothed as directed by the Engineer, When mechanical joint or rubber gasket )chit pipe is cut ri the field, t shall be cut as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, and the a end shall he reconditioned t that ,t may be used for the next joint. On rubber gasket joint pipe, the outside of the ca shall be ground back or dressed as recommended by the pine manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. C. I L D I Pipe Sid -9- Sell End to Face Direction of Laving Unless otherwise directed. pipe shall be laid with bell end facing in the direction of the laying; and for lines or, an appreciable slope. bells shall (at the discretion of the Engineeri face upgrade. L. Perm.ssible Deflection at Joints. Wherever it is neces- sary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horozontal plane, to avoid obstruction; or plumb stems, or where long- radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that approved by the Engineer. M.,ximum permitted deflections are indicated hereinafter in Tables I. lI,and Ill. TABLE 1 Maximum Deflections of Cast Iron Bell-and-Spigot pipe' NOm. Max, Deflection (in inches) With Pipe Joint Pipe Length of Deflec Diam, Opening 12 fit !6 fit. 16 ft. 20 ft- :angle 2 0.41 23. 0 31. 5 35 4 1 39. 4 '0hl' 3 0.43 1 1. 9 1% 7 _2. 2 ) 24. ? 5050' 1 4 0,41 11. 1 14. 8 I6. 7 18. 5 4020 6 0.58 11. 1 14, 8 i 16. 7 I 18. 5 ao2o, A 0. 65 y. 7 12. '± 14. 6 16. 2 305(j' 10 0. 75 1 9 3 12. 4 14.0 1 15. 5 3040' 12 0. i5 7 n 10. 5 11. 1) 11 2 3010' 14 0. 75 1- 7 8. 9 10. 1 11, 2 2040' to 0 7ii 7, 9 8. 8 9, 7 J 2010. 18 0. 71, 7 20 0. 75 { ts_ 4 i 2 B 0 2000, 24 0. 75 4.(1 5_ 3 0. 30 0.-,5 ( 1 3 1 4.4 5 5. 5 l°20• 36 O. 75 2.8 3_ 7 4, t 4.? 1000, i 42 0. ?5 2. 4 b 4.0 1000' 48 0. 75 f 2. 1 - 9 3 2 - 5 P050' 54 V 75 1. 9 2, 2 °) 3 2 6040' 60 1 1. 7 2... Z L 6 2.8 0040' 6 -- Limiting ,actors- (1) Joint opening not to zx(eed 0. 75 inch, (2) Caulking space at face of bell to be not less than 0 25 inch in width. C" I L. D, i. Pipe Std. -it)- TABLE II Maximum Deflection of Cast Iron hlechau,cal Joint Pipe Safe Deflection for 150 Pounds Pressure* Deflection in Inches D Approx. Radius to Feet i of Curve Produced by Size Bend in Succession of Joints of One Joint Length in Feet Length in Feet Pipe Angle A 1L' to Iti' 20' 12' 16' 18' 20' 3 8018' 21 28 31 � 1 85 110 125 4 8018' 21 28 31 85 i 110 1 125 6 '007' 18 24 27 100 130 145 8 5021' 13 - 18 10 � 130 170 1QS 10 Sow 15 is 20 130 170 105 12 5021' 13 18 20 22 130 IN 1o, 22n 14 3035' a 12 13-1/2 15 i 100 250 ,2n lb 3035' 12 15-1/2 15 ', 190 250 I8 3000' 7-1 '2 10 11 12 230 30A) '.H0 20 3000' 7-1 2 10 11 12 230 300 to i80 2? 2023' 6 8 ? 10 300 400 -150 500 i i0 2023' 6 8 9 10 300 400 1;0 500 1 36 2005' 5 7 8 330 i 99 1 , w 42 2<'q0' e 7-11' 340 450 ;30 48 21100' S b 7-1/ ' 340 450 IN - For preaxures above 150 pounds, reduce the tabulated deflection by 10 percent for each 150 pound, added pressure. The maximum deflection for mechanical iotnt ductile iron pipe s',all not exceeil Thai recommended by 0'e pipe manufacturer. C. I. & D. 1. Pipe Std. -I l- TABLE III maximum Deflections of Rubb,r Gasket Joint Pipe Based on an 18-Foot Pipe Length • Size Bend in Approx. Radius in Feet of One Joint Deflection of Curve Pioduced by pipe Angle A to Inches D Successton of Joints 3" through 12- 5000, 18 206, 14" and 16" 1000, 15 258, 18" through 24" 3000' Il 343' The maximum deflection for rubber gasket joint ductile iron pipe shall not exceed the amount recommended b, the pipe manufacturer k. Alignment, Pipelines intended to he st^night shall be so laid, and in no case shall a deviation from the straight ime at any joint exceed one inch, 1. Unsuitable Conditions r Laying Pipe. Nt pipe shall be laid in water or when, in the opinion • he Engineer. trench conditions are unsuitable. C-3. Jointing of Cast Iron Bell -and-Spigot Pipe and Fittings_; a_. Placing of Yarning Material. The yarning material shall be placed -around the spigot of the pipe and shall be of proper dimensions to cemer the spigot in the bell. When the spigot is shoved home, the yarning material shall oe driven tightly against the [aside base or hub of the bell with suitable yarning tools. When a single strand of yarning material is used, it shall have an overlap at the top of not more than 2 inches. When more than a single strand is required for a {oint, each strand shall be cut to sufficient length so that the ends will meet without causing overlap. The ends of the strands shall meet on opposite sides of the pups and not on the top or at the bottom. Successive strands of yarning material shall be driver ' ome separately. C. 1. & D. I. Pipe Std. -1'- i �I � b. Depth of Jointing Material. F,. lead joints, a space not less than 2-1/4 inches in depth shall be left in the bell in pipe having a nominal diameter of 20 inches or less; 2-112 inches in 24-, 30-, and 36-inch pipe; and 3 inches in pipe larger than 36 inches. c. Lead Joints. (1) Heating and Pouring of Lead. Lead shall be heated - in a melting pot kept in easy reach of the joint to be poured so that the molten metal will not be chilled in being carried from the melting pot to the jou.t. The lead shall be brought to a proper temperature so that, when stirred, it will show a rapid change of color. Before pouring, all scum shall be removed from the surface of the molten lead. Each joint shall be made with one continuous pour, filling the entire joint space with solid lead. Spongy or imperfectly filled joints shall be burned out and repoured. (21 Position of Joint Runner. The joint runner shall fit snugly against the face of the bell and the outside of the pipe and hall be dammed with clay to form d pouring lip to provide for filling the joint flush with the face and to the top of the bell. (4) Caulking. After the lead has cooled to the temper- ature of the pipe, lead joints shall be caulked with pneumatic or hand tools,operated by competent workmen,unto such joints are thoroughly compacted and watertight. The finished joint shall show a hard and even- himmered surface overall. Care sh411 be taken not to over strain the bells during caulking. Lead should be caulked from the barrel toward the bell of the pipe to assure that lead will be forced into the bell groove. C-4. Jointing McC'hdntfal .Joint Cast Iron Pipe. Mechanical joint cast iron pipe va r,es slightly with different manufacturers, avid the parti- cular pipe furnished shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Engineer. In general, the procedure shall be as hereinafter specified. The ends of the pipe shall be cleaned of all dirt, mud, and foreign matte! by washing xith hater and scrubbing vigorously with a wire brush, after which the gland and gasket shall be slipped on the plain end. If necessary, the pipe end may be lubricated •rith soapy water to facilitate sliding the gasket in place. The end of the pipe shall then be guided carefully into the bell of the pipe previously laid. The spigot shall be centrally located in the bell, the gasket placed in position, and the bolts inserted in the holes. C. 1. & D. I Pipe Std. -13- To-yue ranges to be applied to cast iron bolts and wrench lengths which should produce the required torque when applied by the average man should be as follows. Diameter Torque Range Wrench of Bolt - In. Ft. - Lbs. Length - In. 5/8 40 - 60 8 3/4 60 - 90 10 1 70 - 100 l2 1-1/4 00 - 120 14 When tightening bolts, the gland should be brought up toward the flange evenly, maintaining approximately the same distance between the gland and the face of the flange a- all points around the socket. This shall be done by partially tightening the bottom bolt first, then the top bolt, . next the bolts at either side, and last, the remaining bolts This cvcle should be repeated until all bolts are within the required range of torques. If effective sealing is not attained at the maximum torque, the joint shall be disassembled and reassembled after thorough cleaning. Overstressing of bolts to compensate for pour installation practice shall be avoided C-5. Jointing Robber Gasket Joint Pipe. Cast iron pipe with rubber gasket type joints stall be laid and jointed in strict accords nce with the manuiacturer's recommendations as approved by the Engineer and in accordance with the requirements of the Special Specifications The Contractor shall provide all special tools and devices,such as special jacks, chokers, and similar items required for the tnslallation. Lubri- cant for the pipe gaskets shall be furnished by the pipe manufacturer, and no subatitutes will be permitted under any circumstances. C-6. Electrical Continuity. When so stated to the Special Speci- ftcations, the Contractor shall provide adequate means to lermit an electric current to pass across all pipe joints v ithout excessive c„lta ge drop. The electrical connection shall be made by driving silicon.-bronze wedges between the barrel o' the pipe and the mouth of the Dell where joints using rubber rungs are emploved. Two such wedges shall be in- stalled per joint on opposite sides of the pipe on the horizontal renter line. The wedges shall be approximately one inch square anal shall be tapered from 1/8 inch to 1/16 inch approximately. the wedges shall have serrated edges to provide good contact. The voltage drop at 500 amperes current flow shall not exceed I. 0 volt per !oint. C I. & D. 1. Pipe Std. -14- C-7. Anchorage. a_. Limiting Pipe Diameter and Degree cf Bend. On all pipe- lines 4 inches in diameter or larger, all tees, plugs, caps, and bends exceeding 22-1/2 degrees ano other locations where unbalanced forces exist shall be securely anchored by suitable thrust backing as shown on ` the Plans or hereirafter specified. b_. Thrust Backing. Reaction or thrust backing shall be placed as shown on the Plans and shall consist of concrete of a mix not leaner than one cement, 2-1/2 sand. 5 stone, having a compressive strength of not less than 2,000 pounds per square inch. Backing shall be placed between the undisturbed gruund and the fitting to be anchored. The quantity of concrete and the area of bearing on the pipe shalt be as shown on the Plans or directed by the Engineer The backing shall be so placed that, unless specifically shown otherwise on the Plans, the pipe and fitting joints will us accessible to repairs. c. Metal Harness. Metal harness �r tie rods or clamps of adequate strength to preveet movement may be used instead of concrete backing as directed by the Engineer. Steel rods or clamps shall ba galvanized or otherwise rustproof treated as shown on the Plans or directed by the Engineer. C -8. Hydrostatic Tests. Pressure and leakage tests shall be made on all newly laid p;pe or any valved section of it, or both. unless uthe rwise specified in the Spec tal Specificattons. The Engineer wil! conduct the tests, but the Contractor shall furnish all necessary assistance, eq.Apment, and material and shall n--,,e all taps in the pipe as required. The Contractor shall furnish the follov ng equipment and materials for the tests, unless otherwise specified in the Special Specifications! 2 5-gallon giadcated containers Pressure gauges 1 Hydraulic force pump similar and eqp: %tie lf. T. 7 as manufactured by it Pumping Company of Portland, Suitable hose and suction p:r_ rev The rests shall be conducted after the trench has us t.eckiilled or part,ally backfilled with the joints left exposed for inspection. Where any section of pipe is provided with concrete reaction barku:g. the C. I. lk D. I. Pipe Std -15- pressure test shall not be made until at least five days have elapsed slier the coecrete thrust backing is installed if high-early cement is used for the concrete thrust backing, the time may be cut to two days instead of the five previously specified The pressure test shall be condo.ted in the following manner, un- less otherwise specified in the Special Specifications After the pipe has been backfOled or partially backfilled es heretnbeiore specified. the pipe shall be fi. ' with water. Unless stated otherwise in the Special Speci- fications, the test pressure shall be 1•1/2 times the normal static pres- sure, but not less than 50 pounds per square irch. a. Duratton. The duration of each pressure test shall be 30 mirntes. unless otherwise stated in the Special Specifications. b. Expelling Air. Before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. c. Procedure. E.,t'h valied section of pipe shall be slowly filled with water to replace any lost; and the spec ified test press',:re, measured at the point ul loves, elece,ion. ::hall be applied by means of a pump converted to the pipe in a satisfacrtory manner. The pump shall then. be valved off, and the pressure shall be held in the line for the test period. At the end of the test period, the pump shall be operated until the test pressure is agem attau,ed. The puoip suction shall he in a bucket, barrel, or similar device, or through a meter so that the amount a water required to restore the test pressure may be measured accura,ely. d. :,cakage Leakage shad be defined as the guar ty of water necessary to restore the ipecifteo lest pressure at the e, a of the test period. 10 pipe installati,?,t ulll be a.c:epted until the leakage is less than the nun '.er of gallons per hor.r is dettrnuned by the following forn ola. ti Dvr P...___ ;J00 in which L 'allowable leakage r. gallons i it bi - number of ,Dints in the length of pipe tested D nominal diameter of pipe in ,,iches P average test pressure during the leakage test in pounds per square inch C. i. 1. 1).1 Pipe Std •le- W-262 MT. OLIVET PUMP STATION WTR-10 3 #2 Speci ications & Daily Diary e_. Correction of Excessive Leakage. Should any test of pipe laid disclose leakage greater than .:.at allowed under C-4-d. above, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, loca,e and repair the defective joints or pipe until the leakage is within the specified allowance. C-9 Sterilization. Sterilization of new lines shall be completed by the Gmtractor prier to connection to the ex ist:ng system. Prior to chlorination., all dirt and foreign matter shall be flushed from the line. Water shall then be fed slowly into the new line with chlorine applied in amounts to produce a dosage of 40 to 50 ppm. Treated water shall be retained in the wipe nor at least 8 hours A residual of not less than 5 ppm shall be produced in all parts of the line after the 8-hour period has elapsed. The chlorinating agent shall be either a liquid chlorine gas--water mixture, direct-fed chlorine gas, or a calcium hypochlorite and water mixture Chlorine gas-water mixture shall be applied by means of a solution-feed chlorinating device. Chlorine gas shall be fed directly from a chlorine cylinder equipped with suitable device for regulating the rate of flow and providing for erfective diffusion of gas within the pipe. Calcium hvpochlonte shall be similar and equal t,, commercial products known at H, T. H. . Perchloron, or :vfaxochlor. A solLoion consisting of 5 percent powder to 95 percent water uy weight should be prepared. The calcium hypochlorite and water mixture. first made into a paste and then thinned to a slurry, shall be infected or pumped into the newly laid line under the conditions specified herembefore. The method of placing cmncentrated quantities of commercial sterilizers in the line as it is being laid is not a satisfactory method of sterilization and will not be permitted. During the chlorination process all valves in the main '.ine shall be operated. After chlorination, the water shall be flushed from the line at its extremities until the water tests are equal chemically and bacteriologi- cally to those of the perman^tit source of supply r t' D -� � of� vitro♦a M Mx Q . ..M 21.5M111 reMIM H(SgM le k ra�uA•�Y. e:nn9Yf= -c. /SMII 1 ttnYll De.lp.IS Illlll _ 31(IIpN pi SINNNIIOY / r ... � crNs vl ro IM6EN )GS`pYAW IMGL '�N a ._:-tS.?\'1?C t I_.. o D•.•wwis N vtraN a I•([1•i[•t e 1 «I�vl.'Wo N vzamr Yw, M1N nAM. uaroMY aM3YN m 014VIM6N "'- c a»-l _- -- - - _ 1 , �. -41 L wa.%-�--i,.�aw �— :... - c A N ;y'�o+■emu •__e° � _��.�"a`7`:SS -. LK -f V c am-i - _ } 1I 4� 4r T%#DD���� I�A _ �� — � f `,^➢ _ —_p ; I ��.n s.u'nRi! I. _ N � Tl.i •- . ece _ ti M L C H .ti';C - L :i9,N i _ _ ` -'�• _ _` _ ��.- i � � � :. +ram ,r � tt,_--tom•...,` ,. � - �-' —_— ` c ax.r u , �MT.l i T�'L J_MLCL�� .� .'! w.n 4NM1N4 sa n.qa ry� — �� __ 1� [)Tj) L+a[M a9a Y✓NSY/. a A•a w � �ipap Ts- M4 - I �I sfCi.o�rt a oFaiu �_ ' .e b� fJ MME as a OP.l)O � ATVS NM+ I t fit' ! i t RESIDENT ENGINEERS DAILY DIARY PROJECT NO. MT OLIVE? BOOSIFR PUMP sTATIoN INCLUSIVE DATES FROM 12-30-40(o TO CORNELL, HOWLAND, HAYES & MERRYFIELD Consulting Engineer; SEATTLE CORVALLIS 9015E Eq_ ail + ;G X. OL FK. E MM1. Yl DAILY DIARY CORNELL. I 010. RAYES 4ERRTiIELD PROJECT TITLE MT OLNET BOOT" PUMP STATE:-`N PROJECT NU.01. OIZM P[RseNN[t: PROJECT Max AOE. PROJECT EFe1NEER REb IOENT Exg14EER DNNER PERSCNNSL ,-ry QF RENYON CO......OR: Y�Y'J>If" CUIJSTRN'T UN IN:. CONTIIACYOR PEI501fNE1L: FI M, "sKr` qg,; re vt2-BUdU pE _, vl r - QA LLY WARY EORNELL HpYil,4:J MAYE� AG MEp ri G.c •n...rQ\ e.R¢.dp,N Jq,e iyiq wear w.j��-_ .P.ra OYQj CAN WGp S.OMUS:[.Y..q1u .y, re •.�. etM[•Pu.: • 40 . n �prAea .yen a\f.T1rY i1a rGGN<rT ra.N a.GM.b r,. [r,gryeeru\ .ff.... .......• CSA' AND PLAUD P N A R 4- p CANS -_—_ _�._�G�PEC__TueT Fr.ST�NG r_.rJ �9RALT A t_ Y `qty 5gy0�_- _ v/AS GooO FNOVGN F R SA LT F NOATo b --._J,.D(d'[gp,_�NOFMEN5IDAN^D n00R ON J4u�T Tu>Y_ SraereD e r r/n?QN p nP .J.sut]' StWeR�iSQRv CONTROL WN—S was MOVCD -MPIP HY ur eo.. .. a .wt ♦tw..w 1ae410A1 TM 74E%AY m ;- k, f�K3U WDxf 63M LLNDJI a, AILY DIAPV r CDPNELL. NDWLAIM HAYES ! MEPR F E D A I e... c.. E..r c s•.0 J,�Ep7 aw•e.±/�(p2 .<rrr• #2 n..w.9JlR CASE uatx L,w�SK c... ce ., • n r.wgnn 1. a .w•c•aw a.n s. .mm, o-u.w nn.nwu.• .M.n x•«am ��Me�SMCR EA'AJAT.ON !•AR < GR6T! Pv'1P .JAY T __,_eM_ .UEp .✓AS ASyfD TL A -$T TklAL 6NMrMT N T.E x 3 �p+nrR_• l.i Cd+C� P��F•. " -"4P awn, STAFT -O.NoA_ rAN u <, n<na• . uw..wc m.m.u•c a,c..<nl ' wn 1-3-G� (—Mill ta4, a"IlMDJI wrM•w. 3 Yu."^ S"GYI a*ew ae.ee •• e aa0l..rat.r Y. n ..Yu.v ..an eY arrow/.w.e.n u•� aan.nr — .. .wwaewav anew,e. en•e.wu HAO Pl AAAAMSO THE f __-- `wss vJNT aa_tat �M. .y` eY nF RE -IRON .__.. ._..._-dE..-.:�.•11.6—.--�MY_L.T ID,. K__ ry' -_� A.; En4�ti4 T Fe .� �.__ Y.,�.„ w,+ao a .Im/wa -- xumwi.r wmMa px I- t• G7 i—aaai wga wn�,.w�i ur moor N Y -AY/1 y •M14.rea ter.. q �.M. .frl..ury Y.....TL_�yi. y .,• hf[,rl i.iir ...... ........ ,�OMrAK'roQ NAC Qk.1QgN PLA4E0 A40 PP6 ._...._.__.p1E 4,11.A. ALSJ .v •rug 1.• GRAN fP' A OH4 c�•� 9F Su4 GONNOAT oN TL•2 W SNrR,Y .—_..._--..BNA T�►� 4 �3 AIeD NG PU15 Lqy ♦" 004 N P PC MN C4 -b -1 n.e urn r utilise» nmwn ,.n>•nr+, nr ' w a Nn , n,.oa V n�ti-AJT-- •e••o,N ,w. n,. .... 1.1 (ilra 'Sd•^`TS „E un!'—TZ MIIM sw �]7F dwnT W QNI�A 19 ��.�1h� yM NO7 MCiylJnn —_.. � J•^d —�T �•ec�a.T ou:rssty—�—m+r;�--Ya1ane�a�- '.I1 Nn al N3',33II—pTd7{` P15�2�rNC� irny 44deawpw 4b eec�,��,�.�-emu_ Dtl Tr0 �CyY AG' faCY1 Y Yl• ]M w �S]Na� Ny,F1 "1lDAS']a �e4L o]HI.l�� •«,...p.o..epa], na�w oN,.. i.l aNe ,I ar ..uu.blut gLLUtla F OR9TRiiCnfT'2rs�. .. " .. '/Y�.A Nnt..1ML • y4Y0 S Y d iiAae3N p AYM pNrTwOM AbV ID ICM/TIMU Fq ITp}-1 M �d Nlplpl\IMHH YO Hr\]OMt YHmn i�. Y�lN IY�iIH Y----L'F—'pw 3Y�"T'r•trw lMIrHYI! w"t—�Y3 w': N�ly C� lYlrN w Neu lSVDip+01 ^Ta'T'N Mtli -..d' •N fM _(-9 1 1 ym ) ,n!Y !w l un w f IiANT)W,'ED fRDM ITD/�_1 - TAIVEG .f)TH BARQ`/ B NS& y,Jl y ,2• pps Tp- I Ii P L/af FLQDQ G AS FINNSH ntLJ2fe.. MdAT RiWWD t1e <w 4f ACE -VO.Ln ae T AL40 n�c._rvc O ..— lM6 IL. 40LATON/]S� WKN R¢GA2O5 TD CQAIN. -- L WAS 1]Gf.IDC!1 lb_ RcLKATEI �x�wLT'rvy -PgPpS,� 6llwi 3.CA�'fJG dNE ON r M $1p�_gyZ_H6`llu—'—!>— Y Dw <TQAP AT A[Aid Do p67.7A1. INFJ WAS RASEFA AN �__ T Mq WE6 Al_StF . `_HCTE: TE;T CYI-]N040.S SZ KG A *1 3 S4 LAS All ~ DAY-, I C'WTlfal[D FaD)1 ITD ) S M CMNI� 1 m i oN•i ax vou, mgvm-4T-- nI•p i fQ'Sl°3371 0 1 $A0"r7G' 9.1 2z • -- JKL r°" Cry ..L.;98 am -77Tw m a9m3hud 1WU o3cose HS,WWIA IS" d01 5004 Mlx I�WlI Y[W! 0311NI1RW1 •Ny.. . DI 11Y Mqg ! MERRYFIELD r r en. a.e .e+. s eva, r.I 67 .w•e._ qow: s.��^ .ux.a ggiNV ♦ C✓6CDA&T yxew.urs r... r ,q, awu.xwa. w . 41 °... .r.. 31 rK.tr..... w^ .anw 8•m .e q. a +r..a..+e u.K er unewa. e.nowr: SPrCER WElp NKlrr.}IT tnl/t.1µ'rtx I 1 w c^,a.nmm� .aawx r.rw•r CONrQw,-TOR $TIgiPPCD Fpgrr$ FR6t PunP rovgpAr,p ALSo "Am VA O-1 @ W. co, J.r95Ip3.L_ NgaG S Aw FLVCTq A pmlyuG. LATEA :oNfq,{GTpQ C�«IPA4Tce OF DprNf. =oM1_ E��R SLAS _ f...tl Alt <Tn0.1Sp Wpp 1CrN ON FLQOA SlA® K ST HLWD�_ A r^IIETIyy_�iv r7M PCTE Ar Pu F� IN ral w.t .a K ro.a +rntw: KI nuxgr axrwu•t uwmrt ao.nqutr o.utour wt 1-IO• C �-1'QJ.1 P'ptlJ p31W I1N0�) V-Ol Y PPVII .o..x _ n�insr rw.. .•(.eraw� c<eYv w w. Il Sr ABpyr F N LMEO 1TH EALC CONpu T 14NOop SLAP «• ,w. .c n evn iwow o.. ��r.i<t u p:. g>p6. - n.�x,.te4�,.t1•i a�w,u IY.ipYle p pYYpi ~�_ wry 1•.ll.(<,7 «...n F"R .....«.�.. .. _so c. .... Bo__.. ......, .. Is°°C .._ ... n .�w... `n ..✓CMR..wu w.u.u, a rnw n:<.wu�n ro ww.m i _...�. wBq� n.00. Tr•10 wwc+1 Pp1Ren wAs 40'• _ .n10 T T P1^0 TRw<K 4.� a ..iL4.-._.___r.S_5_��---'---�_' ..---- --��-a IG CY YOS ec e4-wa_ .SAS wsce 7 ------------- — — 1�'Y(3ll IIW3 03rocLLRD]i i f DIARY �... N l D RTf1 ElD _ . . .. . _._.— .a.., ram' .L_z Y G .u.w. GR'• .vuvw.. ... 45 ... n.. ..min s• ...gym .. <___ _�:i n wwu•w v.170,071,�•nawm .r�m. — nw uu.n.u..- run scum i _... NF. Wp "' MAWF -lr^O. `TI:. -j •'E 92]SLAA 1Sto42 _SAMN,_ C;T+ +a . - STEED 1-tea L•.S _� (��R011 FIDtli 03fW ItN0.'ll RYFI O Wto n•`• qq nwY Nv. .•. o r e. c...... ........ ........ SDICC•. .Rgp . _JY4 •q.1{p.Urt! ----------------- Al L,ea nF NAtt -HfA GMtc ^. _ - ,,:E •up r,rrN TOOK . -_fYeRE �1.R3 .�:a` 4+• SYOa ..KCr ��_ -t?en f:- _ __S T,w _TN 6v_.'n_f f. T� /•0l1 CF.w 6,Jr 1_C ;,. y�au55T w4S C7E�+I aO NO ,Tc:^r GYM Nt 812 e.�C f�F,g," i40y-1_�(NfekS i ♦ 1` ••�.�•, �.[,.,.. . nw.,.[ mnn.Yu a nnYw. '� un f- G'LI iYIW Mr yliiMr)I li ^ SuuoiY a^ 7 •.•YMi\ice \ rn TO., M 3 TM[ 7r' YeST a 'c�R .� b rv1Ro5 w,Yo n .ew tsr Ulw r. r W— rrN w, .per 7 of ISS Q.rl. TtSr CYu eMei w.k en, wily_ w S r\P T6ST # LT OF 1i FR^✓< 7t18 ,TTe n110 T?'5T CYcwOQR N 9 •�� — t$i�^` Ti16 < u�'T9'ST Wwc '�ii. �C _ PtuR,_•�ac;C�wnN wr ♦PPQyI 2:Qo Ib A T➢c rnp F' PQ W S / l• P Pr P J RV pry kb ES (COATI) O FKM ITC% I �� dual CAE oo:Lt rovdd iv HC1Nw M U^ad __ iv r"Smp.ral.T.—ASV, -a' L � S V •V tM 1I/a^ �r."EA� J. tLL /un'1_ tM Gbh• SVM 7f.pN11� SAl µL 3FL M •AL WEjfj - 1'�IE311 IRItlf 03M Iltro>I NRYF'ELD 1n .... ..t..,. a e•a�J.�vr� -N\`... w_=Zd2 n.N..e. �11 .t•.nt. a�Jff QC.\T t1MY.[.I.e .... LY l.Y. \tMttltYN: Y.. M1: YIY. ..� ptt111.t.1Y �� 1\I .e..it•.p CaNt N N.NPta M\!.\>: u/tlFQ M. tttt/V1NItV MWt Mt4iP 1 sTrc+\n n STQIIR�nG r- aQ s —� - - — -- — k^� "" "--'---' 1—"—W31i Mtlf 03I1N LLNDJr PnELD Y,rx w.,./_741 w�Pa x.enrau uwwvo «wa vrv«m I ____ 4�IrrrS�SMQa f4MrN(I /p`.ys� AND __ �— "�1011 11041 03fW11pW1 rtV t..M. Y •4• Y; r. .Ytr{;r.f;Y r a' .yYa.up[t.Y O r{IYM1t t1tIR1 a ws4 ; rrr v R r..a .cce.yr ar e.a t.qYr V- y—' f xanry.A! WlIY WaQD[ i Stdr , A a+y' S44ec FlQRS -•—�'___fir ,—r, __�._ _�� �.� ! } Y r rT I 14- 1\Yl\..Yb� M.. ..� Mi•. .. b.CN�I.fIY weryB If ...�o,• ..v��.. f ,IW.M. iC..e�Yu.e a.,r.x(1 eL\.Y �—ro•i woae anro,iira�� aavvi to ...rna V"CC4f.P5't .-aa h..N •+, n— e.r t ._e. ..ew+P eN tlas s. hamwp.at.NOi ..,. w16QiQ YRe.. .......IY t.li.C.h<Irf .i. --------------- .- ----_ —.-- �.--rain rose aarwryra�r a •w. •wrr ��oo r., .r . '" nrera nnr_ al nu.y.M tint p rnb.l pwGp.r •p�'Y. rtrurp.r I I RwAsrr69 Qr-si_S�.•A A _ ..F2vR__ iGil' C F/ 4poF 6G.lE ---- "rAgy_,F_@ r0 rl.- r�rwrP T¢4T w @t:, H•Qc r^NTM ._.r,. 17--^-�-."';._^• R¢¢Il r.��.�n T --.ter-e_li...Qr!_'I1r•T b . '�"'-s---liL,�_LN��4 lu_. {ue_ u -max�GG¢e — �- 1--rUli MY1 tl3tW I1NOJ1 �t rrW h.Nq�_LY. .arn..w.• Yam.=3.�e.. � r.n. W nL r •n.Ywr.r....... ....e.Y..m. —"^�:•`.nrm -'cam nN TH(; (-'INNISN ING F 'JOF~— 1.1 • o n apr .w.u0• _� Z�� i�� c n.wa r...nhi I—ra.i cone alnriir.\A�I °' wetH unr !e!• NI,W yr {NO..,. ...,o l0 `, r0—�___� J.• .wy\erm N\ --.- - 1\I rM. o M OM{ fM4Nd.� Itl __ I—r0t� ropy anm�.r<c.. yti ....•r. Fad. •Y fO.Nc.Wf. r ,ti LL��•... .r. - »rnn .. .Y. �wN_ WE2rE0. INa... x.<.rrnN Y.Yx w.Nx. ..... STA,Pepµ• • T'r. •roE .M .S...__AWn Ali 2_ 10—C, .r• rna•ar. . . N. ia. .an • s M.f.xl l�tQll VObi fl3(W IINOJI t Ii Vert° \tl(..1. er .lwew{. !tl\erw. W-GCIfF I •a eru.•rc 29N�G<"�_ S"f1Pf0 �rvS.gi FJIL�+S CF'_ ROOF ca�gp i ...��� dvY! AMV 'J6T Of 4.0 'Y' G✓'1` �f,s r.ArG .�._.L!_`ii.�_._...._ ranrglG . AIM �G7Y-(�4c+an_'+•HE 04TS,�_... .-.. Y.LIr 1I.'e , Mf It°.,INtO Y wY(1p1 !„! __. _.� 1'—'101r 11DYi 03/M+I1M0.+1 nh w M.H1rp +.• HlC,frt+.l i. VWN Na CNI!QI H\.M1..!Y\Tla� `_'�_�J• . brlf�/� MrNIHIY "1� t.e.0„N,t+. u<Or�t.ar or •IYI� --_ —.s �'��—, � T+6 IN6r06 of �D N+•np NIF ` Heat.rwlwNy ua\.rN! Z-I$-47 tcamaaH t---ra.� Noee avnNl�No-.� GOPN M rV pn.r ..� a. a. • . r . u byyytp� M w.WW'�Z 2. .0. rtPW.,Wf. P.•��.R� YI r.i .Y.t Sri a. �.Y. •1 ,YbW.Y..b. 0. I.YYOb.t WtC.{\i a -- i _ner wlrg.�!"+ coocr�p Pa rr PowLwa �N Rer_.aaS __. Td__N'�M1CF W4'NT aF PU�SR PO4fS.. �._iT w,t5 DKwBD --.�'-uP'!__:'�.���?•�sRoawea Poor , �,,:.::_ N1i� o� iYW.b btt.µl O..e ^ --' (�bll Ygtl! 939N1!WODI COWNELL. HOWLMlD. H4YE5 9 MEWRYtIR.. n, u., ... r..r s s.ny]y/i� .e..e.W•2f.4 xa.w. *�'19 xa.xw S.NNY - JMtY ..aw r..m n. .a a•Y. i Pow62 P9L6S A"Q Wn 5"Qq OAS VA{•l.[Y eaE<L2K WAS W04N,W4 C^l YN•E CON Ty,E� C/.NI{• MR__SK} RICO-M WAS FeR.-,do eF yyt neas,gy . ... PP_H C.Ef_.._7_F_.VANpA_,�T�AT f0ur`OmW+c-YAK^ f��_�SNCE OT yMJN�._ _ lE .Ga�_•_P ON YWi GA6e+u*9^' pR.' - u45 W/_,s� 88 _.._C>.cf5crr pP Ynr a JFr s+.r {+H,.rp .ievse *9 a,r8. 6jgr_�L--. nu ....,...a..•.N.w.ux rtex,w..w nrxu� u.. )—rail raae 03nNuNOJ) CORN ELL HJWLAND t" S 5 IIERRYFIE LO r'r 01r� t Y T t iN r f D•II.4'•I •47 # 'Z4• tarOai MD. Y[1TNfl �--��� tICaY ltllae LY. ♦ 'Y' 1[Yrtt11W[� Wl 01.1 YIN. 01.1 D.��I. . rll[CIr111TIM rDal Ila 1O0 •.Y. �� .Y. to ♦..Y. •+D la1 NNMtt •Y•e[ua Di r[t)onu [rrcDTam U-th � SKJ RAporSrG .m[Y•N SPIDER WEBER -_r'N M HARD_ r' 8aa� ----------_ s[tenwr,[nn -out, Dlta\T[D I.1 .w..l�\4i J41[•L NCCO'.Nt OF D•vg tWNq, �SE' �'C-[ OfSAINA66 PROBLU4 T W S HU TO 14 DRAIN HO{,E5 W"q A Z' Cl4SN ,COVGQ `.. _I1_ WA°� At u Aly OGO Ty,4L T•16 ECKTQ.G[L CABrNET� W G26 OTC, AG, ..ra nr .--_ I''10NN T60 BAWk OCC1060 TWAT _'rWF—C `IT�Ac re�2 p�N r _ --- V .Ib _Pe INT IN ['ipGK OF -.�E CDNTn GI_S -�>W��O EIAJE Tll, pgINT sN HAG It OF- AlL 7'ilE RE'T __HE VJAL�_1n,l OtifN TE 0 — -��--.� At7c'-CLES TMf fznrhOS WZ"46 __.T�_,l04 SrTE= QEC�Vc.zFtl _. All_'j'Llg`ARTK[.6S wCnr No,,) ON .70B $�T _.—�xC6PT Cf4TN,N RBN, UAIYES �_-- ._ E ..__h.A'Tr4e2 w eLE1�c'laN6oN 1.YG `u1A4 VtSIT6 TNC�-Da_tl 0 Sfn.O F2 WAS �.�OQ.CrNu NSTA LLATI OAJ lu ra, y. 4 - 1-2 -67 a[sro[NT [Ncuu rs sr[NrtW[ ' f catn tuae a tav[eefl D1et 1 _�._._ {'—g311 nOtl1 6]MI11NDJi I n11Y CDWiELL. «•MLIJID_ rAIE56 '4P4Yt'.E'r n..0 S'•NL4n6 • •.[xv rgne r• e .. f..ru..»r. .•..�_. r. n ..rUn nny __ I I .- t^+e� P"'d INSa.:c7gN QVE/I tin ,TT,4r T .JaS n1oT PG DPEPC� ty'l�.Tntll CPAT{D aM rt v.,aS T�i^I Khwvrn TNe� 'rtle e*sao A.* sacno., ewN 1.✓K NOT' C{av+esct �:;u 1.N+aa �.. wt.%lt rvtluN @.oTM Aa,/f ,N nL Fes"'-.cc FPS,•, �..w+A �iyuSE �y /lt vG Sw,c�ati fn �r __—_ _.. 4.•21• G7 -. 1—�MI31� IVQai OWN I1NOD) OX�I.v C.IXRY CCORNCaLL OOWLAND 4AYE$ 6 M[RRYF i¢e a¢.W"emu�- a ,. it eE)t+(I ftyY IaP 1p¢ Y Qb •6vIf PPIyPE: Y.l. p1,• Y1P. s„ IP(C III I.rI OY .I .,,Y.:. .YL p.Pfa or .usown. cwao•ao ^-ISCP 11}Ip4 )CIE +pYY) p1(.e r{Y u� ..+ nsm.crolcu ...:¢oxr or ce• ev1 __.__--� Ji. .,_..—._--�rd CAN_� MALL. Pn.e� _ , t —_._ �-�:.r Cr rJAS nl G'f .LCG fit-,ie 'J }3¢ ..p r47 .. iY 4 i II):I Y{M1Y 1w41XR lf'9 )I WILYIt IC¢YTIxV)Y OF P11,4391 Oltf DAILY 1 .11 (CORNER HOWLANC HAYE5 88�VERRYFI£LD f[O(]S.YSIi Y/. Yf.: YIX. f rSf C'rl'•lIW 'll XugL. NYO Cllff Of I[LWYMI( tMLOv!]� 6floeR we&+v. Yeun 0]n(n] 1 I T_.. wl .ou. •c 11( rvaXo .urrvR.an—��•w� '��Y/a �-u �Jt U•It� Y(wY�] Nv1�: I —� Lu DAILY DIARY CORN LL HOWLAND HAYES 4 MERRYF—IELD �y3 .m«n CLEAR St OLY "AIOA er n•nn unM --- k •LYf(NRTM(� Y\. Or.� YIY. •� J.Y. nVw1EA RNO CEASf Or .LASOYY[E (YI101[0' Ol3LRIriION [IL[!C.IACITV NOYNS Or[AET(0 ui .•„nww^cv..E .LcouNf or s.Y—s AM., N0N6s--�-L-_---- __� a AI'Y o4F' OOK AS 'T l :61 ICOYT{NV[0 M NLYM LL( Ott[ 4fS III Yr lx4lNllr'9 }I ON.T WI OAILY Vl.AXY CORNELL HOWLAN0 HAYES A MERRYf1ELD -24L nrox• 4 0\ F0. 1.1 OxY1 S Y T f 1X r f 01T{: urlrl'I ITMY R\I00 r,Y. r0 u Rt Ai XC\ ... yr .R[4111rttlpl - -_._-- r[YlEIxrUR[� Y.X. x.Y. S.Y. x.Y. 14u .LI IOD P.M. r0_ ---- '[1 .VYSLR xFD ClxSf Or x[1[OMEI tLIIl0160e ce sclvnDX sl:[,CNlAVTT XDUII[ D.[[xT[D _--- -----CoYYec?en LP Henuk oXl Sucngl sloe of — .0 .•�m.m�roi ut xcc OD«T er DWS YMN,. Ixl wMi 10 [L U'IXI r@r.PRIDY� �. I t[t _._1�TY--0•P fJ_["�. - IcewT lNu[D IN R[v[RILI Nre RIiIUE X. 1X41 Xtl R'S `. �• uR[ DAILY r.•IAFY CORN ELL. ROWLAND. HkYES It MERRYFIELD SYNNY A.Y, R.w. R[kfY{R [i011Y •[R100 l.Y. ♦ l.Y. 1plRMiNRf� WL ?� O(.. YIM. OG. MCC V!bCIM Y. •,w. R 0Y• 1Fw10a f •tl kYMq NYb fk•[[ W 1CRIAMfl CWL.O a: 'yRCYw _ D(YCN IIi IOM ]Qc,c.WIly MOW( 011.119. ..+ ox,wxrn oe,u( ."Iv.T 01 D.ry ONN64T'N6 IA THE �OARG6 $,DOG `roE (Anrv1 F7R 0(a"rm GCc•Iu1.L. �,.JA f.l WP'i 7N ri:GA$OS TO 'JAL'(. pw w•1A o GO ru to i R[f 101 YT (wa11i[R'1 ltablYtl I<Ow11 wUk0 Ow "1140 0.11 DAnr DI Nar ' CORNFLL HOW AND HAYES ! x1ERRYFIELD 1'i ORY. vl-?b� •ooxr . N[at M[N 4TONY N\100 I..1. TO \[YrLR I�V'xli WI. Oi.. YIY. OI.: IN{CIII TI\IM_. vW. IfN100 I.Y. TO NVYI.Il .N0 LVafi DI rI.SO.ML [IINOrLO' �cetrJllx\SLW1tL1 � --'— ��•� , 4f scavnoN aua'urfc+Tr NouY! w[YYne I i 1 Y --- N13�ulNl 1R41Nf[N'f )16YaTWL ICOITINVfO W N[Y[Illi) pN �� �urn/d S'fa'h'c/vS ENDING F FIL FILE TITLE 01 — °q6O� �'j1f. caC.iu e't� S10riCa-' -lo�s + �N g � ry Da ;Ly � ; a �y